e497
Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No. 333-149864
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated February 28, 2011)
5,760,726 Rights
The GDL Fund
Subscription Rights for Series B Cumulative Puttable and Callable Preferred Shares
We are issuing subscription rights (the Rights) to our preferred shareholders who hold
Series A Cumulative Callable Preferred Shares (the Series A Preferred or the Existing Preferred
Shares) to purchase Series B Cumulative Puttable and Callable Preferred Shares (the Series B
Preferred or the New Preferred Shares). Our Existing Preferred Shares are listed on the New York
Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol
GDL-PrA. The last reported NYSE sale price of our
Existing Preferred Shares on February 25, 2011 was
$51.91.
You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding
whether to invest in the New Preferred Shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus
Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that
has been incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by
calling 800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commissions (SEC) website
(http://www.sec.gov).
You should review the information set forth under Risk Factors and Special Considerations on
page 16 of the accompanying Prospectus before investing in the New Preferred Shares.
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these
securities or determined if this Prospectus Supplement is truthful or complete. Any representation
to the contrary is a criminal offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Total (1) |
|
Subscription price of Preferred Shares to shareholders exercising Rights |
|
$ |
50.00 |
|
|
$ |
144,018,150 |
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions (1) |
|
$ |
0.10 |
|
|
$ |
288,036 |
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to the Fund (2) |
|
$ |
49.90 |
|
|
$ |
143,730,114 |
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Based on a Dealer Manager solicitation fee of $0.10 per New
Preferred Share with a maximum fee of $5,000 per broker-dealer. |
|
(2) |
|
The aggregate expenses of the offering (excluding underwriting
discounts and commissions) are estimated to be $400,000. |
The New Preferred Shares are expected to
be ready for delivery in book-entry form through the Depository Trust Company on or about April 15, 2011. If the offer is extended, the New
Preferred Shares are expected to be ready for delivery in book-entry
form through the Depository Trust Company on or about April 27, 2011.
February 28, 2011
You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to
provide you with different information. The Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in
any state where the offer or sale is not permitted. You should not assume that the information
contained in this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus is accurate as of any date
other than the date of this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus, respectively.
Prospectus Supplement
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
R-1 |
|
|
R-3 |
|
|
R-4 |
|
|
R-11 |
|
|
R-11 |
|
|
R-12 |
|
|
R-12 |
|
|
R-14 |
|
|
R-14 |
|
|
R-15 |
SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
|
|
|
Offering
Subscription
|
|
Three transferable subscription rights (a Right) will be issued
for each Series A Cumulative Callable Preferred Share (the Existing
Preferred) of the Fund held on the record date and are expected to
trade in the NASDAQ Capital Market (NASDAQ). These Rights will
allow Existing Preferred shareholders to subscribe for new Series B
Cumulative Puttable and Callable Preferred Shares (the Series B
Preferred or New Preferred) of the Fund. 1,920,242 shares of
Existing Preferred are outstanding as of February 28, 2011. Two
Rights will be required to purchase one share of New Preferred. An
over-subscription privilege will be offered. 2,880,363 shares of
New Preferred will be issued if all Rights are exercised. See Terms
of the Offering. |
|
|
|
Amount of Offering
|
|
$144,018,150 |
|
|
|
Title
|
|
Subscription Rights to Purchase Series B Cumulative Puttable and
Callable Preferred Shares |
|
|
|
Subscription Price
|
|
Rights may be exercised at a price of $50.00 per New Preferred share
(the Subscription Price). The purchase price will be payable in
cash, by surrender of shares of Existing Preferred at liquidation
preference or any combination of cash and such shares. Affiliated
persons of the Fund will be permitted to purchase New Preferred
through the surrender of Existing Preferred only to the extent
permitted by law. See Terms of the Offering. |
|
|
|
Record Date
|
|
Rights will be issued to holders of record of the Funds Existing
Preferred on March 1, 2011 (the Record Date). See Terms of the Offering. |
|
|
|
Number of Rights
Issued
|
|
Three Rights will be issued in respect of each share of Existing
Preferred outstanding on the Record Date. See Terms of the
Offering. |
|
|
|
Number of Rights
Required to
Purchase One New
Preferred Share
|
|
A holder of Rights may purchase one New Preferred share of the Fund for
every two Rights exercised. See Terms of the Offering. |
|
|
|
Over-Subscription
Privilege
|
|
Rights holders who are shareholders of Existing Preferred on the
Record Date are entitled to subscribe for additional New Preferred
shares at the same Subscription Price, subject to certain
limitations and subject to allotment. To the extent sufficient
shares of New Preferred are not available to fulfill all
over-subscription requests, unsubscribed shares of New Preferred
will be allocated pro-rata among those shareholders who
over-subscribe based on the number of the Funds shares of Existing
Preferred owned on the Record Date. See Over-Subscription
Privilege. |
|
|
|
Transfer of Rights
|
|
The Rights will be transferable. See Terms of the Offering, Sales
by Rights Agent, and Method of Transferring Rights. |
|
|
|
Subscription Period
|
|
The Rights may be exercised at any time after issuance and prior to
expiration of the Rights, which will be 5:00 PM Eastern Time on April 5, 2011. See Terms of the
Offering and Method of Exercise of Rights. |
|
|
|
Solicitation Fee
|
|
$0.10 per New Preferred share to broker-dealers that have executed
and delivered a soliciting dealer agreement and have solicited the
exercise of Rights, subject to a maximum payment of $5,000 to any
single broker-dealer. See Underwriting. |
R-1
|
|
|
Rights Agent
|
|
Computershare Trust Company, N.A. See Rights Agent. |
|
|
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
The Fund currently intends to call within three months after
expiration of the Subscription Period all outstanding shares of
Existing Preferred that are not surrendered by holders to purchase
New Preferred in the offering. Amounts in excess of the redemption
amount for all outstanding shares of Existing Preferred will be used
for investment purposes consistent with the investment objectives of
the Fund. See Use of Proceeds. |
|
|
|
Rating
|
|
The New Preferred will not be rated. |
R-2
SUMMARY OF THE TERMS OF THE SERIES B PREFERRED SHARES
|
|
|
Issue
|
|
Series B Cumulative Puttable and Callable Preferred Shares |
|
|
|
Mandatory Redemption
|
|
March 26, 2018. |
|
|
|
Dividend Rate
|
|
The annual dividend rate will be 7.00% for the dividend
periods ending on or prior to March 26, 2012 and
thereafter will be reset and publicly announced in a notice at least 60 days
prior to the end of such period for the four dividend
periods ending March 26, 2013, at least 60 days prior to the
end of such period for the eight dividend periods ending
March 26, 2015, and at least 60 days prior to the end of such
period for all remaining dividend periods prior to the
mandatory redemption date of March 26, 2018. Each
reset dividend rate will be determined by the Board of
Trustees of the Fund or a committee thereof in its sole
discretion at a rate not less than 3.00% per year ($0.375
per share per dividend period) and not greater than the
annualized yield observed at or about the time of the
reset process by the Fund for any issuance of a bond of a U.S. corporation rated A by at least one
rating agency. See Dividends. |
|
|
|
Dividend Payment Dates
|
|
Distributions will be made when, as and if declared on
March 26, June 26, September 26, and December 26 of each
year, commencing June 26, 2011. See Dividends. |
|
|
|
Liquidation Preference
|
|
$50.00 per share. |
|
|
|
Holder Put Options
|
|
The Fund will redeem all or any part of the New Preferred
that holders have properly submitted for redemption and
not withdrawn during the 30-day period prior to each of
March 26, 2013 and
March 26, 2015, at the
liquidation preference, plus any accumulated and unpaid
dividends. See Puts and Redemptions. |
|
|
|
Optional Redemption
|
|
The Fund may redeem all or any part of the New Preferred,
upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days prior
notice, at the liquidation preference, plus any
accumulated and unpaid dividends, at any time on or after
March 26, 2014. See Puts and Redemptions. |
|
|
|
Stock Exchange Listing
|
|
An application will be made to list the New Preferred on
the NYSE. The New Preferred is expected to commence
trading on the NYSE within 60 days of the date of
issuance. See Stock Exchange Listing. |
R-3
DESCRIPTION OF THE RIGHTS OFFERING
Terms of the Offering
The Fund is issuing to shareholders of record of
shares of Existing Preferred as of March 1, 2011 (the Record Date, and such shareholders, the Record Date Preferred Shareholders)
Rights to subscribe for the New Preferred Shares. Each Record Date Preferred Shareholder is being issued three transferable Rights for each
Existing Preferred share owned on the Record Date. The Rights entitle the holders to acquire for
(i) $50.00 in cash, (ii) by surrender of shares of Existing Preferred at liquidation preference, or
(iii) any combination of cash and such shares (the Subscription Price) one New Preferred Share for each two Rights. Fractional shares will not be issued
upon the exercise of the Rights. Accordingly, New Preferred Shares may be purchased only pursuant to
the exercise of Rights in integral multiples of two. Rights may be exercised at any time during the
period which commences on March 1, 2011, and ends at 5:00 PM Eastern Time on April 5, 2011
(the Subscription Period). The right to acquire one additional New Preferred Share for two Rights
held during the Subscription Period at the Subscription Price will be referred to in the remainder
of this prospectus supplement as the Subscription.
Rights will be evidenced by subscription certificates (Subscription Certificates). The
number of Rights issued to each holder will be stated on the Subscription Certificate delivered to
the holder. The method by which Rights may be exercised and shares paid for is set forth below in
Method of Exercise of Rights and Payment for Shares. A Rights holder will have no right to
rescind a purchase after Computershare Trust Company, N.A. (the Rights Agent) has received
payment. See Payment for Shares below. It is anticipated that the New Preferred Shares issued
pursuant to an exercise of Rights will be listed on the NYSE.
Rights holders who are Record Date Preferred Shareholders are entitled to subscribe for
additional New Preferred Shares at the same Subscription Price pursuant to the over-subscription
privilege, subject to certain limitations and subject to allotment. See Over-Subscription
Privilege below.
For purposes of determining the maximum number of shares a Record Date Preferred Shareholder
may acquire pursuant to the offer, broker-dealers, trust companies, banks or others whose shares
are held of record by Cede & Co. (Cede), as nominee for the Depository Trust Company or by any
other depository or nominee will be deemed to be the holders of the Rights that are held by Cede or
such other depository or nominee on their behalf.
The Rights are transferable until
5:00 PM Eastern Time April 5, 2011 (the Expiration
Date) and are expected to be admitted for trading through the NASDAQ Capital Market. Assuming a
market exists for the Rights, the Rights may be purchased and sold through usual brokerage channels
and sold through the Rights Agent. Although no assurance can be given that a market for the Rights
will develop, trading in the Rights through the NASDAQ is expected to begin three business days
before the Record Date and may be conducted until the close of
trading through the last NASDAQ
trading day prior to the Expiration Date. Trading of the Rights
through the NASDAQ is expected to
be conducted on a when-issued basis until and including the date on which the Subscription
Certificates are mailed to Record Date Preferred Shareholders and thereafter is expected to be
conducted on a regular way basis until and including the last
NASDAQ trading day prior to the
Expiration Date. The method by which Rights may be transferred is set forth below under Method of
Transferring Rights. The Existing Preferred shares are expected to begin trading ex-Rights two
business days prior to the Record Date as determined and announced by NYSE.
Nominees who hold the Funds Existing Preferred shares for the account of others, such as
banks, broker-dealers, trustees or depositories for securities, should notify the respective
beneficial owners of such shares as soon as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners
intentions and to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. If the beneficial owner so
instructs, the nominee will complete the Subscription Certificate and submit it to the Rights Agent
with proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of the Existing Preferred shares or Rights held
through such a nominee should contact the nominee and request the nominee to effect transactions in
accordance with such beneficial owners instructions.
R-4
Important Dates to Remember
Please note that the dates in the table below may change if the rights offering is extended.
|
|
|
EVENT |
|
DATE |
|
|
|
Record Date |
|
March 1, 2011 |
Subscription Period
|
|
March 1, 2011 through April 5, 2011** |
Expiration Date*
|
|
April 5, 2011** |
Payment for Guarantees of Delivery Due* |
|
April 8, 2011** |
Confirmation Date |
|
April 15, 2011** |
|
|
|
* |
|
A shareholder exercising Rights must deliver by 5:00 PM Eastern Time on April 5, 2011
either (a) a Subscription Certificate and payment for shares or (b) a notice of guaranteed delivery. |
|
** |
|
Unless the offer is extended to a date no later than April 15, 2011 |
Over-Subscription Privilege
Rights holders who are Record Date Preferred Shareholders and who fully exercise their Rights
are entitled to subscribe for additional New Preferred Shares at the same Subscription Price
pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, subject to certain limitations and subject to
allotment.
Record Date Preferred Shareholders who are fully exercising their Rights during the
subscription period should indicate, on the Subscription Certificate which they submit with respect
to the exercise of the Rights issued to them, how many New Preferred Shares they are willing to
acquire pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. Rights acquired in the secondary market may
not participate in the over-subscription privilege.
To the extent sufficient New Preferred Shares are not available to fulfill all
over-subscription requests, unsubscribed New Preferred Shares will be allocated pro-rata among
those Record Date Preferred Shareholders who over-subscribe based on the number of the Funds
Existing Preferred shares owned on the Record Date. The allocation process may involve a series of
allocations in order to assure that the total number of New Preferred Shares available for
over-subscriptions is distributed on a pro rata basis.
Banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of rights will be required to
certify to the Rights Agent, before any over-subscription privilege may be exercised with respect
to any particular beneficial owner, as to the aggregate number of Rights exercised during the
Subscription Period and the number of New Preferred Shares subscribed for pursuant to the
over-subscription privilege by such beneficial owner and that such beneficial owners Subscription
was exercised in full. Nominee holder over-subscription forms and beneficial owner certification
forms will be distributed to banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other nominee holders of rights
with the Subscription Certificates. Nominees should also notify holders purchasing Rights in the
secondary market that such Rights may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.
The Fund will not offer or sell any New Preferred Shares that are not subscribed for during
the Subscription Period or pursuant to the over-subscription privilege.
The Fund has been advised that the Investment Adviser and each of the Funds Trustees may
exercise some or all of the Rights initially issued to them, and may request additional New
Preferred Shares pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. In addition, Mario J. Gabelli or his
affiliated entities may also purchase New Preferred Shares during the Subscription Period and
pursuant to the over-subscription privilege. However, due to the fact that the Fund is able to
issue only an additional $143,987,900 of New Preferred Shares under its existing registration
statement, which is $30,250 less than the amount of New Preferred Shares that would be issued if
all Rights are exercised, the maximum aggregate liquidation preference of New Preferred Shares to
be issued pursuant to Subscriptions and the exercise of over-subscription rights will be
$143,987,900, and Mario J. Gabelli and affiliated entities have agreed with
R-5
the Fund that they will not exercise a sufficient number of their Rights such that New Preferred Shares to be issued
will have an aggregate liquidation preference not in excess of $143,987,900.
Sales by Rights Agent
Holders of Rights who are unable or do not wish to exercise any or all of their Rights may
instruct the Rights Agent to sell any unexercised Rights. The Subscription Certificates
representing the Rights to be sold by the Rights Agent must be received on or before April 1, 2011.
Upon the timely receipt of the appropriate instructions to sell Rights, the Rights Agent will use
its best efforts to complete the sale and will remit the proceeds of sale, net of any commissions,
to the holders. If the Rights can be sold, sales of the Rights will be deemed to have been effected
at the weighted average price received by the Rights Agent on the day such Rights are sold. The
selling Rights holder will pay all brokerage commissions incurred by the Rights Agent, although no
commission will be charged if such Rights are sold through Gabelli & Company, Inc., (the Dealer
Manager) a registered broker-dealer and an affiliate of the Investment Adviser. The Dealer Manager
may also act on behalf of its clients to purchase or sell Rights in the open market. The Rights
Agent will automatically attempt to sell any unexercised Rights that remain unclaimed as a result
of Subscription Certificates being returned by the postal authorities as undeliverable as of the
fourth business day prior to the Expiration Date. These sales will be made net of any commissions
on behalf of the nonclaiming holders of Rights. Proceeds from those sales will be held by American
Stock Transfer & Trust Company, in its capacity as the Funds transfer agent, for the account of
the nonclaiming holder of rights until the proceeds are either claimed or escheated. There can be
no assurance that the Rights Agent will be able to complete the sale of any of these Rights and
neither the Fund nor the Rights Agent has guaranteed any minimum sales price for the Rights. All of
these Rights will be sold at the market price, if any, through an exchange or market trading the
Rights.
Method of Transferring Rights
The Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate may be transferred in whole by
endorsing the Subscription Certificate for transfer in accordance with the accompanying
instructions. A portion of the Rights evidenced by a single Subscription Certificate (but not
fractional Rights) may be transferred by delivering to the Rights Agent a Subscription Certificate
properly endorsed for transfer, with instructions to register the portion of the Rights evidenced
thereby in the name of the transferee (and to issue a new Subscription Certificate to the
transferee evidencing the transferred Rights). In this event, a new Subscription Certificate
evidencing the balance of the Rights will be issued to the Rights holder or, if the Rights holder
so instructs, to an additional transferee.
Holders wishing to transfer all or a portion of their Rights (but not fractional Rights)
should allow at least three business days prior to the Expiration Date for (i) the transfer
instructions to be received and processed by the Rights Agent, (ii) a new Subscription Certificate
to be issued and transmitted to the transferee or transferees with respect to transferred Rights,
and to the transferor with respect to retained Rights, if any, and (iii) the Rights evidenced by
the new Subscription Certificates to be exercised or sold by the recipients thereof. Neither the
Fund nor the Rights Agent shall have any liability to a transferee or transferor of Rights if
Subscription Certificates are not received in time for exercise or sale prior to the Expiration
Date.
Except for the fees charged by the Rights Agent (which will be paid by the Fund as described
below), all commissions, fees and other expenses (including brokerage commissions and transfer
taxes) incurred in connection with the purchase, sale or exercise of Rights will be for the account
of the transferor of the Rights, and none of these commissions, fees or expenses will be paid by
the Fund or the Rights Agent.
The Fund anticipates that the Rights will be eligible for transfer through, and that the
exercise of the Subscription may be effected through, the facilities of DTC (Rights exercised
through DTC are referred to as DTC Exercised Rights).
Rights Agent
The
Rights Agent is Computershare Trust Company, N.A. The Rights Agent will receive from the
Fund an amount estimated to be $30,000 comprised of the fee for its services and the
reimbursement for certain expenses related to the rights offering. INQUIRIES BY ALL HOLDERS OF
RIGHTS SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO: THE RIGHTS AGENT, COMPUTERSHARE
TRUST COMPANY, N.A. C/O VOLUNTARY CORPORATE ACTIONS PO BOX 43011
PROVIDENCE, RI 02940-3011; HOLDERS MAY ALSO CONSULT THEIR BROKERS OR NOMINEES.
R-6
Method of Exercise of Rights
Rights may be exercised by completing and signing the reverse side of the Subscription
Certificate and mailing it in the envelope provided, or otherwise delivering the completed and
signed Subscription Certificate to the Rights Agent, together with payment for the New Preferred
Shares (including any surrender of Existing Preferred shares) as described below under
Payment for Shares. Rights may also be exercised through a Rights holders broker, who may charge
the Rights holder a servicing fee in connection with such exercise.
Completed Subscription Certificates must be received by the Rights Agent prior to 5:00 PM
Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date (unless payment is effected by means of a notice of guaranteed
delivery as described below under Payment for Shares). The Subscription Certificate and payment
should be delivered to the Rights Agent at the following address:
|
|
|
If By Mail:
|
|
The GDL Fund Computershare Trust
Company, N.A. |
|
|
Attn: Voluntary Corporate Actions |
|
|
PO Box 43011 |
|
|
Providence, RI 02940-3011 |
|
|
|
If By Overnight Courier:
|
|
The GDL Fund Computershare Trust
Company, N.A. |
|
|
Attn: Voluntary Corporate Actions |
|
|
250 Royall Street Suite V |
|
|
Canton, MA 02021 |
Payment for Shares
Holders of Rights who acquire New Preferred Shares in the Subscription may choose between the
following methods of payment:
|
(1) |
|
A subscription will be accepted by the Rights Agent if, prior to 5:00 PM Eastern
Time, on the Expiration Date, the Rights Agent has received a written notice of
guaranteed delivery from a bank, a trust company, or a NYSE member, guaranteeing
delivery of (i) payment of the full Subscription Price for the New Preferred Shares
subscribed for in the Subscription and, if eligible, for any additional New Preferred
Shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription privilege, and (ii) a properly
completed and executed Subscription Certificate. The Rights Agent will not honor a
notice of guaranteed delivery if a properly completed and executed Subscription
Certificate and full payment is not received by the Rights Agent by the close of
business on the third business day after the Expiration Date. The notice of guaranteed
delivery may be delivered to the Rights Agent in the same manner as Subscription
Certificates at the addresses set forth above, or may be transmitted to the Rights Agent
by facsimile transmission (fax number (617) 360-6810; telephone number to confirm
receipt (781) 575-2332. |
|
|
(2) |
|
Alternatively, a holder of Rights can send the Subscription Certificate together
with payment in the form of (i) a check; (ii) by surrender of shares of Existing
Preferred at liquidation preference; or (iii) any combination of a check and such shares
for the New Preferred Shares subscribed for in the Subscription and, if eligible, for
any additional New Preferred Shares subscribed for pursuant to the over-subscription
privilege, to the Rights Agent based on the Subscription Price of $50.00 per New
Preferred Share. To be accepted, the payment (including surrender of the number of
Existing Preferred shares forming a portion of such payment), together with the executed
Subscription. |
R-7
|
|
|
Certificate, must be received by the Rights Agent at the addresses noted
above prior to 5:00 PM Eastern Time on the Expiration Date. The Rights Agent will
deposit all share purchase checks received by it prior to the final due date into a
segregated interest-bearing account, and will hold any surrendered shares of Existing Preferred, in each case pending proration and
distribution of New Preferred Shares. The Rights Agent will not accept cash as a
means of payment for New Preferred Shares. |
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH BELOW AND EXCEPT FOR SURRENDERS OF EXISTING PREFERRED SHARES, A
PAYMENT PURSUANT TO THIS METHOD MUST BE IN UNITED STATES DOLLARS BY MONEY ORDER OR CHECK DRAWN
ON A BANK LOCATED IN THE CONTINENTAL UNITED STATES, MUST BE PAYABLE TO THE GDL
FUND AND MUST ACCOMPANY AN EXECUTED SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATE TO BE ACCEPTED.
Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Rights Agent prior to
5:00 PM Eastern Time on the Expiration Date, or if the Rights holder has elected to make payment by
means of a notice of guaranteed delivery, by the close of business on the third business day after
the Expiration Date. All payments by a holder of Rights must be in United States dollars by money
order or check drawn on a bank located in the continental United States and payable to The GDL Fund except that holders of Rights who are residents of Canada may make payment in
United States dollars by money order or check drawn on a bank located in Canada. Whichever of the
two methods of payment described above is used, issuance and delivery of certificates for the
New Preferred Shares purchased are subject to collection of checks and Existing Preferred shares, as
well as actual payment pursuant to any notice of guaranteed delivery.
Within ten business days following the Expiration Date (the Confirmation Date), a
confirmation will be sent by the Rights Agent to each holder of Rights (or, if the Existing
Preferred shares are held by Cede or any other depository or nominee, to Cede or such other
depository or nominee), showing (i) the number of New Preferred Shares acquired pursuant to the
Subscription, (ii) the number of New Preferred Shares, if any, acquired pursuant to the
over-subscription privilege, and (iii) the per share and total purchase price for the New Preferred
Shares. Any payment required from a holder of Rights must be received by the Rights Agent on the
Expiration Date, or if the Rights holder has elected to make payment by means of a notice of
guaranteed delivery, on the third business day after the Expiration Date. Any excess payment
(including any excess surrendered shares of Existing Preferred) to be refunded by the Fund to a
holder of Rights, or to be paid to a holder of Rights as a result of sales of Rights on his behalf
by the Rights Agent, and all interest accrued on the holders excess payment will be mailed by the
Rights Agent to the holder within fifteen business days after the Expiration Date. Interest on the
excess payment will accrue through the date that is one business day prior to the mail date of the
reimbursement check. If any Rights holder exercises its right to acquire New Preferred Shares pursuant
to the over-subscription privilege, any excess payment which would otherwise be refunded to the
Rights holder will be applied by the Fund toward payment for New Preferred Shares acquired pursuant
to exercise of the over-subscription privilege.
A Rights holder will have no right to rescind a purchase after the Rights Agent has received
payment either by means of a notice of guaranteed delivery, delivery of Existing Preferred shares,
or a check.
If a holder of Rights who acquires New Preferred Shares pursuant to the Subscription does not
make payment of any amounts due, the Fund reserves the right to take any or all of the following
actions: (i) find other purchasers for such subscribed-for and unpaid-for New Preferred Shares;
(ii) apply any payment actually received by it toward the purchase of the greatest whole number of
New Preferred Shares which could be acquired by such holder upon exercise of the Subscription or
over-subscription privilege; (iii) sell all or a portion of the New Preferred Shares purchased by
the holder in the open market and apply the proceeds to the amounts owed; and (iv) exercise any and
all other rights or remedies to which it may be entitled, including, without limitation, the right
to set off against payments actually received by it with respect to such subscribed New Preferred
Shares and to enforce the relevant guaranty of payment.
Holders, such as broker-dealers, trustees or depositories for securities, who hold Existing
Preferred shares for the account of others, should notify the respective beneficial owners of the
Existing Preferred shares as soon as possible to ascertain such beneficial owners intentions and
to obtain instructions with respect to the Rights. If the beneficial owner so instructs, the record
holder of the Rights should complete Subscription Certificates and submit them to the
R-8
Rights Agent with the proper payment. In addition, beneficial owners of Existing Preferred shares or Rights held
through such a holder should contact the holder and request the holder to effect transactions in
accordance with the beneficial owners instructions. Banks, broker-dealers, trustees and other
nominee holders that hold Existing Preferred shares of the Fund for the accounts of others are
advised to notify those persons that purchase Rights in the secondary
market that such Rights may not participate in the over-subscription privilege.
The instructions accompanying the Subscription Certificates should be read carefully and
followed in detail. DO NOT SEND SUBSCRIPTION CERTIFICATES TO THE FUND.
The method of delivery of Subscription Certificates and payment of the subscription price to
the Rights Agent will be at the election and risk of the Rights holders, but if sent by mail it is
recommended that the certificates and payments be sent by registered mail, properly insured, with
return receipt requested, and that a sufficient number of days be allowed to ensure delivery to the
Rights Agent and clearance of payment prior to 5:00 PM Eastern Time, on the Expiration Date.
Because uncertified personal checks may take at least five business days to clear, you are strongly
urged to pay, or arrange for payment, by means of a certified or cashiers check or money order.
All questions concerning the timeliness, validity, form and eligibility of any exercise of
Rights will be determined by the Fund, whose determinations will be final and binding. The Fund in
its sole discretion may waive any defect or irregularity, or permit a defect or irregularity to be
corrected within such time as it may determine, or reject the purported exercise of any Right.
Subscriptions will not be deemed to have been received or accepted until all irregularities have
been waived or cured within such time as the Fund determines in its sole discretion. Neither the
Fund nor the Rights Agent will be under any duty to give notification of any defect or irregularity
in connection with the submission of Subscription Certificates or incur any liability for failure
to give such notification.
Foreign Restrictions
Subscription Certificates will only be mailed to Record Date Preferred Shareholders whose
addresses are within the United States and Canada (other than an APO or FPO address). Record Date
Preferred Shareholders whose addresses are outside the United States and Canada or who have an APO
or FPO address and who wish to subscribe to the rights offering either in part or in full should
contact the Rights Agent by written instruction or recorded telephone conversation no later than
three business days prior to the Expiration Date. The Fund will determine whether the offering may
be made to any such shareholder. If the Rights Agent has received no instruction by the third
business day prior to the Expiration Date or the Fund has determined that the rights offering may
not be made to a particular shareholder, the Rights Agent will attempt to sell all of such
shareholders Rights and remit the net proceeds, if any, to such shareholders. If the Rights can be
sold, sales of these Rights will be deemed to have been effected at the weighted average price
received by the Rights Agent on the day the Rights are sold, less any applicable brokerage
commissions, taxes and other expenses.
Under the securities laws of the Province of Ontario, investors residing in Ontario may,
subject to compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, transfer either the Rights or
the New Preferred Shares to be acquired upon the exercise of such Rights (i) through a dealer
registered in Ontario that effects the transaction through the facilities of the NYSE or other
exchange or market outside of Canada; (ii) to a person or company outside of Canada, or (iii)
through certain other means as provided under and in compliance with Ontario securities laws.
Employee Plan Considerations
Rights holders that are employee benefit plans subject to the Employee Retirement Income
Security Act of 1974, as amended (ERISA), including corporate savings and 401(k) plans, Keogh
Plans of self-employed individuals and Individual Retirement Accounts (IRA) (each a Benefit
Plan and collectively, Benefit Plans), should be aware that additional contributions of cash or
Existing Preferred shares in order to exercise Rights may be treated as Benefit Plan contributions
and, when taken together with contributions previously made, may subject a Benefit Plan to excise
taxes for excess or nondeductible contributions. In the case of Benefit Plans qualified under
Section 401(a) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), additional
contributions could cause the maximum contribution limitations of Section 415 of the Code or other
qualification rules to be violated. Benefit Plans contemplating making additional contributions to
exercise Rights should consult with their counsel prior to making
R-9
such contributions.
Benefit Plans and other tax exempt entities, including governmental plans, should also be
aware that if they borrow in order to finance their exercise of Rights, they may become subject to
the tax on unrelated business taxable income (UBTI) under Section 511 of the Code. If any portion
of an IRA is used as security for a loan, the portion so used is also treated as distributed to the IRA depositor.
ERISA contains prudence and diversification requirements and ERISA and the Code contain
prohibited transaction rules that may impact the exercise of Rights. Among the prohibited
transaction exemptions issued by the Department of Labor that may exempt a Benefit Plans exercise
of Rights are Prohibited Transaction Exemption 84-24 (governing purchases of shares in investment
companies) and Prohibited Transaction Exemption 75-1 (covering sales of securities).
Due to the complexity of these rules and the penalties for noncompliance, Benefit Plans should
consult with their counsel regarding the consequences of their exercise of Rights under ERISA and
the Code.
R-10
USE OF PROCEEDS
We
estimate the total net proceeds of the offering to be $143,299,864, based on the
Subscription Price of $50.00 per share and after deduction of the underwriting discounts,
solicitation fees and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by the Fund.
The Investment Adviser currently intends to call within three months after expiration of the
Subscription Period all outstanding shares of Existing Preferred that are not surrendered by
holders to purchase New Preferred in the offering. Until such time, it expects that it will
initially invest the proceeds of the offering in high-quality short-term debt securities and
instruments. To the extent that proceeds exceed the liquidation preference of all such outstanding
shares of Existing Preferred, the Investment Adviser anticipates that the investment of the excess
proceeds will be made in accordance with the Funds investment objective and policies as
appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be substantially
completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in the Funds
anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months.
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets
forth the unaudited capitalization of the Fund as of
December 31, 2010, and its adjusted capitalization assuming the Series B Preferred offered in this Prospectus
Supplement had been issued.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2010 |
|
|
|
(unaudited) |
|
|
|
Actual |
|
|
As adjusted |
|
Preferred shares, $0.001 par value per share, unlimited shares authorized.
(The Actual column reflects the Funds outstanding capitalization as of December 31,
2010; the As adjusted column assumes the issuance of 2,880,363 shares of Series B
Preferred,$50 liquidation preference per share) |
|
$ |
96,012,100 |
|
|
$ |
240,030,250 |
|
Shareholders equity applicable to common shares: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common shares, $0.001 par value per share; unlimited shares authorized,
21,167,710 shares outstanding |
|
$ |
21,168 |
|
|
$ |
21,168 |
|
Paid-in surplus* |
|
$ |
323,187,695 |
|
|
$ |
322,499,659 |
|
Accumulated net investment loss |
|
$ |
(40,486 |
) |
|
$ |
(40,486 |
) |
Accumulated net realized loss on investments |
|
$ |
(1,872,777 |
) |
|
$ |
(1,872,777 |
) |
Net unrealized appreciation (depreciation) |
|
$ |
(3,314,637 |
) |
|
$ |
(3,314,637 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets applicable to common shares |
|
$ |
317,980,963 |
|
|
$ |
317,292,927 |
|
Liquidation preference of preferred shares |
|
$ |
96,012,100 |
|
|
$ |
240,030,250 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets, plus the liquidation preference of preferred shares |
|
$ |
413,993,063 |
|
|
$ |
557,323,177 |
|
|
|
|
* |
|
As adjusted paid-in surplus reflects a deduction for the estimated solicitation fees to
broker-dealers of $288,036. |
R-11
and
estimated offering expenses of the Series B Preferred
of $400,000.
For financial reporting purposes, the Fund is required to deduct the liquidation preference of
its outstanding preferred shares from net assets, so long as the senior securities have
redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Fund. Thus for accounting
purposes, the Funds preferred shares will be treated as debt (rather than equity). For all
regulatory purposes, the Funds preferred shares will be treated as equity (rather than debt).
ASSET COVERAGE RATIO
Pursuant to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the 1940 Act), the Fund will not
be permitted to declare any dividend, or declare any other distribution, upon any outstanding
common shares, unless, in every such case, all preferred shares issued by the Fund have at the time
of declaration of any such dividend or distribution or at the time of any such purchase an asset
coverage of at least 200% (1940 Act Asset Coverage Requirement) after deducting the amount of
such dividend, distribution, or purchase price, as the case may be. The Funds preferred shares
are expected to have an initial asset coverage on the date of
issuance of approximately 232%.
SPECIAL
FEATURES AND RISKS OF THE SERIES B PREFERRED SHARES
Dividends
The Fund will pay
dividends, calculated separately for each dividend period at the rate of
7.00% per annum, payable quarterly on March 26, June 26, September 26, and December 26 in each year
(each, a Dividend Payment Date) commencing on June 26, 2011 (or if any such day is not a
Business Day, then on the next succeeding Business Day), and computed on the basis of a 360-day
year consisting of twelve 30-day months, on the liquidation preference of $50.00 per New Preferred
Shares for the dividend periods ending on or prior to March 26,
2012 and thereafter will be
reset and publicly announced at least 60 days prior to the end of such period for the four dividend periods
ending March 26, 2013, at least 60 days prior to the end of such period for the eight dividend periods
ending March 26, 2015, and at least 60 days prior to the end of such period for all remaining dividend
periods prior to the mandatory redemption date of March 26, 2018. Each reset dividend rate
will be determined by the Board of Trustees of the Fund or a committee thereof in its sole
discretion at a rate not less than 3.00% per year ($0.375 per share per dividend period) and not
greater than the annualized yield observed at or about the time of the reset process by the Fund
for any issuance of a bond of a U.S. corporation rated A by at least one rating agency.
Dividends and distributions will be paid to holders of record of New Preferred Shares as they
appear on the stock register of the Fund at the close of business on the fifth preceding Business
Day in preference to dividends and distributions on common shares and any other capital shares of
the Fund ranking junior to the New Preferred Shares in payment of dividends and distributions.
Dividends and distributions on New Preferred Shares shall accumulate from the date on which such
shares are originally issued. Each period beginning on and including a Dividend Payment Date (or
the date of original issue, in the case of the first dividend period after issuance of such shares)
and ending on but excluding the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date is referred to herein as a
Dividend Period.
No full dividends and distributions shall be declared or paid on New Preferred Shares for any
Dividend Period or part thereof unless full cumulative dividends and distributions due through the
most recent Dividend Payment Dates for all series of preferred shares of the Fund ranking on a
parity with the New Preferred Shares as to the payment of dividends and distributions have been or
contemporaneously are declared and paid through the most recent Dividend Payment Dates. If full
cumulative dividends and distributions due have not been paid on all such outstanding preferred
shares, any dividends and distributions being paid on such preferred shares (including the New
Preferred Shares) will be paid as
R-12
nearly pro rata as possible in proportion to the respective amounts of dividends and
distributions accumulated but unpaid on each such series of preferred shares on the relevant
Dividend Payment Date.
Voting Rights
Except as otherwise provided in the Funds governing documents or a resolution of the Board of
Trustees or its delegatee, or as required by applicable law, holders of New Preferred Shares shall
have no power to vote on any matter except matters submitted to a vote of the Funds common shares.
In any matter submitted to a vote of the holders of the common shares, each holder of New Preferred
Shares shall be entitled to one vote for each New Preferred Share held and the holders of all
outstanding preferred shares, including New Preferred Shares, and the common shares shall vote
together as a single class; provided, however, that at any meeting of the shareholders of the Fund
held for the election of Trustees, the holders of the outstanding preferred shares, including New
Preferred Shares, shall be entitled, as a class, to the exclusion of the holders of all other
securities and classes of capital shares of the Fund, to elect a number of Fund trustees, such that
following the election of trustees at the meeting of the shareholders, the Funds Board of Trustees
shall contain two trustees elected by the holders of the outstanding preferred shares, including
the New Preferred Shares.
During any period in which any one or more of the conditions described below shall exist (such
period being referred to herein as a Voting Period), the number and/or composition of trustees
constituting the Board of Trustees shall be adjusted as necessary to permit the holders of
outstanding preferred shares, including the New Preferred Shares, voting separately as one class
(to the exclusion of the holders of all other securities and classes of capital shares of the Fund)
to elect the number of trustees that, when added to the two trustees elected exclusively by the
holders of outstanding preferred shares, would constitute a simple majority of the Board of
Trustees as so adjusted. The Fund and the Board of Trustees shall take all necessary actions,
including effecting the removal of trustees or amendment of the Funds governing documents, to
effect an adjustment of the number and/or composition of trustees as described in the preceding
sentence. A Voting Period shall commence:
(i) if at any time accumulated dividends and distributions on the outstanding New Preferred
Shares equal to at least two full years dividends and distributions shall be due and unpaid; or
(ii) if at any time holders of any other preferred shares are entitled to elect a majority of
the Trustees of the Fund under the 1940 Act or Statement of Preferences creating such shares.
Puts and Redemptions
The Fund will redeem all or any part of the
New Preferred Shares that holders have properly
submitted for redemption and not withdrawn during the 30-day period
prior to each of March 26,
2013 and March 26, 2015, at the liquidation preference, plus any accumulated and unpaid
dividends.
The Fund may redeem all or any part of the New Preferred Shares, upon not less than 30 nor
more than 60 days prior notice, at the liquidation preference, plus any accumulated and unpaid
dividends, at any time on or after March 26, 2014.
Stock Exchange Listing
An application will be made to list the New Preferred Shares on the NYSE. The New Preferred
Shares are expected to commence trading on the NYSE within 60 days of the date of issuance.
Risks
R-13
Risk is inherent in all investing. Therefore, before investing in the New Preferred
Shares you should consider the risks carefully. See Risk Factors and Special Considerations in
the Prospectus. Primary risks specially associated with an investment in the Series B Preferred
include:
Market Price Risk. The market price for the Series B Preferred will be influenced by changes in interest rates,
the perceived credit quality of the Series B Preferred and other factors, and may be higher or
lower than the liquidation preference of the Series B Preferred.
Interest Rate Risk. Shareholders of the Series B Preferred will receive dividends
and distributions on a quarterly basis. During the first year, the annual dividend rate will be 7%.
Thereafter, the Board of Trustees, or a committee appointed by the Board of
Trustees, will have sole discretion to set the dividend rate based on the annualized
market yields for U.S. corporate bonds rated A by at least one rating agency,
provided that the annual dividend rate must be at least 3%. The dividend reset
dates occur at the end of the first, second, and fourth years of the term of the
Series B Preferred Shares. If the current low interest rate environment continues,
such dividend rates will be substantially less than 7%. For example, the current
rate on at least some A-rated notes that have a remaining maturity of three years,
which is the longest period to put or maturity, is as low as 4.5%. Accordingly,
after the first year holders of Series B Preferred Shares will likely receive
dividend payments at annual rates that may be substantially less than 7% and as low as 3%.
Liquidity
Risk. Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for the Series B Preferred. As noted
above, an application will be made to list the Series B Preferred on the NYSE. However, during an
initial period which is not expected to exceed 30 days after the date of its issuance, the Series B
Preferred will not be listed on any securities exchange. The dealer-manager may make a market in
the Series B Preferred; however, it has no obligation to do so. No assurances can be provided that
listing on any securities exchange or market making by the dealer-manager will result in the market
for Series B Preferred being liquid at any time.
Reinvestment
Risk. The Fund may at any time redeem shares of Series B Preferred to the extent necessary to meet
regulatory asset coverage requirements. For example, if the value of the Funds investment
portfolio declines, thereby reducing the asset coverage for the Series B Preferred, the Fund may be
obligated under the terms of the Series B Preferred to redeem shares of the Series B Preferred.
Investors may not be able to reinvest the proceeds of any redemption in an investment providing the
same or a better rate than that of the Series B Preferred.
Distribution
Risk. The Fund may not meet the asset coverage requirements or earn sufficient income from its
investments to make distributions on the Series B Preferred.
Redemption
Risk. The Series B Preferred is not an obligation of the Fund. The Series B Preferred is junior in
respect of distributions and liquidation preference to any indebtedness incurred by the Fund, and
is of the same ranking as the distributions and liquidation preference as the Existing Preferred
shares. Although unlikely, precipitous declines in the value of the Funds assets could result in
the Fund having insufficient assets to redeem all of the Series B Preferred for the full redemption
price.
The Investment Adviser and Mr. Gabelli have Certain Conflicts of Interest Relating
to the Preferred Shares. As of December 31, 2010, Mario Gabelli was the
beneficial owner of 646,916 Series A Preferred Shares,
representing 33.69% of the
Funds outstanding Series A Preferred Shares. The other Trustees collectively own
less than 1% of the Series A Preferred Shares. Mr. Gabelli has advised
the Fund that he may participate in the rights offering to purchase Series B
Preferred Shares. The Trustees, or a committee thereof, determine the dividend rate
on the Series B Preferred Shares at such times and in such manner as is specified in
this Registration Statement. Because of the possible perception of a conflict of
interest, Mr. Gabelli has agreed to recuse himself from all discussions by the Board
of Trustees or committee thereof related to the determination of the dividend rate
for the Series B Preferred Shares for any period following initial issuance.
The Investment Adviser receives advisory compensation in respect of the total assets
of the Fund, including assets representing the liquidation preference of the Series
B Preferred Shares, without regard to whether the Fund earns an incremental return
from such assets for the benefit of the common shareholders. In addition, Mr.
Gabelli receives incentive-based variable compensation based on a percentage of net
revenues received by the Investment Adviser for managing the Fund, which will be
greater to the extent that the Fund has preferred shares outstanding. Consequently,
both the Investment Adviser, which is controlled by Mr. Gabelli, and Mr. Gabelli
himself have a conflict of interest with respect to the Series B Preferred Shares
inasmuch as each stands to benefit from the issuance of such shares whether or not
such issuance benefits holders of the common shares.
TAXATION
Please refer to the Taxation sections in the Fund Prospectus and Fund Statement of
Additional Information for a description of the consequences of investing in the preferred shares
of the Fund.
UNDERWRITING
Gabelli & Company, Inc., which is a broker-dealer and member of the Financial Industry
Regulatory Authority will act as dealer manager for the rights offering (henceforth, the Dealer
Manager). Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Dealer Manager Agreement
among the Fund, the Investment Adviser, and the Dealer Manager (the Dealer Manager Agreement),
the Dealer Manager will provide financial structuring services and marketing services in connection
with the offering and will solicit the exercise of Rights and participation in the
over-subscription privilege. The Fund has agreed to pay the Dealer Manager a fee for its financial
structuring, marketing and soliciting services equal to $0.10 per 2 Rights exercised pursuant to
the rights offering, subject to a maximum fee of $5,000. The Dealer Manager fee will be borne by
the Fund and indirectly by all of the Funds common shareholders.
R-14
The Dealer Manager will reallow to other broker-dealers that have executed and delivered a
soliciting dealer agreement and have solicited the exercise of Rights solicitation fees equal
to $0.10 for each New Preferred Share issued pursuant to exercise of Rights as a result of their
soliciting efforts, subject to a maximum fee of $5,000 to any single broker-dealer. Fees will be
paid to the broker-dealer designated on the applicable portion of the Subscription Certificates or,
in the absence of such designation, will be retained by the Dealer Manager.
The maximum underwriter compensation for the solicitation of rights,
assuming all rights are exercised, is $288,036, or 0.20% of the
maximum possible offering proceeds.
The Fund and the Investment Adviser have each agreed to indemnify the Dealer Manager or
contribute to losses arising out of certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities
Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act). The Dealer Manager Agreement also provides that
the Dealer Manager will not be subject to any liability to the Fund in rendering the services
contemplated by the Dealer Manager Agreement except for any act of bad faith, willful misconduct or
gross negligence of the Dealer Manager or reckless disregard by the Dealer Manager of its
obligations and duties under the Dealer Manager Agreement.
Prior to the expiration of the rights offering, the Dealer Manager may independently offer for
sale Rights or New Preferred Shares to be acquired by it through purchasing and exercising Rights, at
prices it sets, although the Dealer Manager will not charge commissions for the sale of such Rights
on behalf of holders of Rights. The Dealer Managers fee for its financial structuring, marketing
and soliciting services is independent of any gains or losses that may be realized by the Dealer
Manager through the purchase and exercise of Rights or purchase and sale of New Preferred Shares.
In the ordinary course of their businesses, the Dealer Manager and/or its affiliates may
engage in investment banking or financial transactions with the Fund, the Investment Adviser and
their affiliates.
The principal business address of Gabelli & Company, Inc. is One Corporate Center, Rye, New
York 10580-1422.
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York,
New York, counsel to the Fund in connection with this rights offering. Certain legal matters in
connection with this rights offering will be passed on for the underwriters by Skadden, Arps,
Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York, New York.
R-15
Prospectus dated February 28, 2011
PROSPECTUS
$200,000,000
The GDL Fund
Preferred Shares of Beneficial Interest, Notes and Subscription Rights
Investment Objective. The GDL Fund, or the Fund, is a non-diversified,
closed-end management investment company, formed as a Delaware statutory trust, registered under
the Investment Company Act of 1940. The Funds investment objective is to achieve absolute returns
in various market conditions without excessive risk of capital. Absolute returns are defined as
positive total returns, regardless of the direction of securities markets. The Fund will seek to
achieve its objective by investing primarily in merger arbitrage transactions and, to a lesser
extent, in corporate reorganizations involving stubs, spin-offs and liquidations. Gabelli Funds,
LLC serves as Investment Adviser to the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for
all investors. We cannot assure you that the Fund will achieve its objective.
We may offer, from time to time, in one or more offerings, our preferred shares, par value
$0.001 per share, our promissory notes, or our subscription rights to purchase our preferred
shares, which we refer to collectively as the securities. Securities may be offered at prices
and on terms to be set forth in one or more supplements to this Prospectus (each a Prospectus
Supplement). You should read this Prospectus and the applicable Prospectus Supplement carefully
before you invest in our securities.
Our securities may be offered directly to one or more purchasers, including existing
shareholders in a rights offering, through agents designated from time to time by us, or to or
through underwriters or dealers. The Prospectus Supplement relating to the offering will identify
any agents or underwriters involved in the sale of our securities, and will set forth any
applicable purchase price, fee, commission or discount arrangement between us and our agents or
underwriters, or among our underwriters, or the basis upon which such amount may be
calculated. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any sale of preferred shares will set forth the
liquidation preference and information about the dividend period, dividend rate, any call
protection or non-call period and other matters. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any sale of
notes will set forth the principal amount, interest rate, interest payment dates, prepayment
protection (if any), and other matters. The Prospectus Supplement relating to any offering of
subscription rights will set forth the number of preferred shares issuable upon the exercise of
each right and the other terms of such rights offering. We may not sell any of our securities
through agents, underwriters or dealers without delivery of a Prospectus Supplement describing the
method and terms of the particular offering of our securities. Our common shares are listed on the
New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol GDL. On February 25, 2011, the last
reported NYSE sale price of our common shares was $13.62. Our Series A Preferred Shares are also
listed on the NYSE under the symbol GDL-PrA. On February 25, 2011, the last reported NYSE sale price
of our Series A Preferred Shares was $51.91. Shares of closed-end funds often trade
at a discount from net asset value. This creates a risk of loss for an investor purchasing shares
in a public offering.
Investing in the Funds securities involves risks. See Risk Factors and Special
Considerations for factors that should be considered before investing in securities of the Fund.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has
approved or disapproved these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or
complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.
This prospectus may not be used to consummate sales of securities by us through agents,
underwriters or dealers unless accompanied by a Prospectus Supplement.
i
This
prospectus sets forth concisely the information about the Fund that a prospective
investor should know before investing. You should read this prospectus, which contains important
information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest in the securities, and retain it for
future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated February 28, 2011, containing
additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus. You may request a free copy
of our annual and semi-annual reports, request a free copy of the Statement of Additional
Information, request other information about us and make shareholder inquiries by
calling (800) GABELLI (422-3554) or by writing to the Fund, or obtain a copy (and
other information regarding the Fund) from the Securities and Exchange Commissions web site
(http://www.sec.gov).
Our securities
and notes do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed
or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by
the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government
agency.
You should
rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this
prospectus. The Fund has not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. The
Fund is not making an offer to sell these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not
permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as
of any date other than the date of this prospectus.
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
|
11 |
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
13 |
|
|
|
|
20 |
|
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
29 |
|
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
33 |
|
|
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
46 |
|
|
|
|
49 |
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
50 |
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
51 |
|
|
|
|
53 |
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
55 |
|
|
|
|
56 |
|
|
|
|
S-A-1 |
|
iii
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
This is only a summary. This summary does not contain all of the information that you should
consider before investing in our shares. You should review the more detailed information contained
in this prospectus and the Statement of Additional Information, dated
February 28, 2011 (the
SAI).
|
|
|
The Fund
|
|
The GDL Fund is a
non-diversified,
closed-end management
investment company
organized under the
laws of the State of
Delaware on October 17,
2006. Throughout this
prospectus, we refer to
The GDL
Fund as the Fund or
as we. See The
Fund. |
|
|
|
The Funds
outstanding common
shares, par value
$0.001 per share, are
listed on the New York
Stock Exchange (NYSE)
under the symbol GDL.
On December 31, 2010, the last
reported NYSE sale
price of our common
shares was $13.37.
As of December 31, 2010, the net
assets of the Fund
attributable to its
common shares were 317,980,963. As of
December 31, 2010,
the Fund had
outstanding 21,167,710
common shares. The
Funds outstanding
preferred shares, par
value $0.001 per share,
are listed on the NYSE
under the symbol
GDL-PrA. On
December 31, 2010,
the last reported NYSE
sale price of our
preferred shares was
$51.40. As of
December 31, 2010,
the Fund had
outstanding 1,920,242
preferred shares at a
liquidation value of
$50 per share for a
total liquidation value
of $96,012,100. |
|
The Offering
|
|
We may offer, from
time to time, in one or
more offerings, our
preferred shares,
$0.001 par value per
share, our notes or our
subscription rights to
purchase our preferred
shares, which we refer
to collectively as the
securities. The
shares and notes may be
offered at prices and
on terms to be set
forth in one or more
supplements to this
Prospectus (each a
Prospectus
Supplement). You
should read this
Prospectus and the
applicable Prospectus
Supplement carefully
before you invest in
our securities. Our
securities may be
offered directly to one
or more purchasers,
including existing
shareholders in a
rights offering,
through agents
designated from time to
time by us or to or
through underwriters or
dealers. The
Prospectus Supplement
relating to the
offering will identify
any agents,
underwriters or dealers
involved in the sale of
our shares, and will
set forth any
applicable purchase
price, fee, commission
or discount arrangement
between us and our
agents or underwriters,
or among our
underwriters, or the
basis upon which such
amount may be
calculated. The
Prospectus Supplement
relating to any sale of
preferred shares will
set forth the
liquidation preference
and information about
the dividend period,
dividend rate, any call
protection or non-call
period and other
matters. The
Prospectus Supplement
relating to any sale of
notes will set forth
information about the
principal amount,
interest rate, and call
protection or non-call
period and other
matters. The Prospectus
Supplement relating to
any offering of
subscription rights
will set forth the
number of preferred
shares issuable upon
the exercise of each
right and the other
terms of such rights
offering. We may not
sell any of our
securities through
agents, underwriters or
dealers without
delivery of a
Prospectus Supplement
describing the method
and terms of the
particular offering. |
|
Investment Objective
|
|
The Funds
investment objective is
to achieve absolute
returns in various
market conditions
without excessive risk
of capital. Absolute
returns are defined as
positive total returns,
regardless of the
direction of securities
markets. To achieve its
investment objective,
the Fund, under normal
market conditions, will
invest primarily in
securities of companies
(both domestic and
foreign) involved in
publicly announced
mergers, takeovers,
tender offers and
leveraged buyouts and,
to a lesser extent, in
corporate
reorganizations
involving stubs,
spin-offs and
liquidations. The key
determinants of the
profitability of a
merger arbitrage
transaction are the
probability that the
deal will close, the
length of time to
closing, the likelihood
that the deal price
will be increased or
decreased and the level
of short-term interest
rates. |
1
|
|
|
|
|
Merger arbitrage is a
highly specialized
investment approach
generally designed to
profit from the
successful completion
of proposed mergers,
takeovers, tender
offers and leveraged
buyouts. Broadly
speaking, an investor
purchases the stock of
a company in the
process of being
acquired by another
company in anticipation
of capturing the spread
between the current
market price and the
acquisition price. A
stub refers to a
small stake in a target
company division or
subsidiary that is not
purchased by an
acquirer in a merger,
takeover or leveraged
buyout. The arbitrageur
may buy the stub, and
if the acquiring
company is successful
in boosting the target
companys appeal, the
shares will benefit
from a boost in price
and the arbitrageur
will profit. A spin-off
occurs when an
independent company is
created from an
existing part of
another company through
a distribution of new
shares. An arbitrageur
may benefit from the
share price
differential in the
same manner as in
traditional merger
arbitrage if, upon
completion of the
spin-off, the separate
securities trade for
more in the aggregate
than the former single
security. Finally, when
a company makes the
decision to liquidate,
or sell all of its
assets, it is often
worth more in
liquidation than as an
ongoing entity. An
arbitrageur benefits
when the company is
able to distribute more
than the price at which
the stock is trading at
the time the
arbitrageur acquires
its position. In order
to minimize market
exposure and volatility
of such merger
arbitrage strategies,
the Fund may utilize
hedging strategies,
such as short selling
and the use of options
and futures. The Fund
may hold a significant
portion of its assets
in liquid money market
securities, which may
include affiliated or
unaffiliated money
market mutual funds. |
|
|
|
As a non-diversified
investment company, the
Investment Company Act
of 1940 (the 1940
Act) does not limit
the proportion of the
Funds assets it may
invest in securities of
a single issuer,
however, certain tax
diversification
requirements will apply
at the end of each
quarter. |
|
|
|
The Investment Adviser
believes that blending
traditional merger
arbitrage for announced
deals with strategies
that focus on stubs,
spin-offs and
liquidations will
produce absolute
returns in excess of
short-term interest
rates with less
volatility than the
returns typically
associated with
conventional equity
investing. A systematic
and disciplined
arbitrage program may
produce attractive
rates of return even in
flat or down markets.
The Investment Adviser
will consider a number
of factors in selecting
merger arbitrage
transactions in which
to invest, including,
but not limited to, the
credibility, strategic
motivation, and
financial resources of
the participants and
the liquidity of the
securities involved in
the transaction. |
|
|
|
Under normal circumstances, the Fund will invest at least 80% of its assets in
securities or hedging arrangements relating to companies involved in corporate transactions or reorganizations, giving rise to the
possibility of realizing gains upon or within relatively short periods of time after the completion of such
transactions, or reorganizations. This policy is not fundamental and may be changed by the Fund with
notice of not less than 60 days to its shareholders. In market cycles with scarce transaction opportunities,
the Fund may seek to accomplish its objective of achieving absolute
returns by temporarily investing in other assets, including, but not limited to, short-term debt securities, which may make it less likely
for the Fund to achieve an attractive rate of return. The Fund may invest without limitation in the securities
of foreign and domestic issuers. The Funds investment strategy is to invest in merger arbitrage transactions and corporate
reorganizations throughout the world. To the extent that the majority of mergers, takeovers,
tender offers and leveraged buyouts and corporate reorganizations are concentrated in any
given geographic region, such as Europe, North America or Asia, a relatively high proportion
of the Funds assets may be invested in that particular region. The Investment Adviser believes that in the near term there may not be sufficient foreign deal
activity to maintain, under normal circumstances, at least 40% of the Funds assets in at least
three countries outside the United States. The Fund is accordingly changing its name to The
GDL Fund to more accurately reflect this non-fundamental investment policy.
See Investment Objective and Policies.
|
2
|
|
|
Payment on Notes
|
|
Under applicable
state law and our
Charter, we may borrow
money without prior
approval of holders of
common and preferred
shares. We may issue
debt securities,
including notes, or
other evidence of
indebtedness and may
secure any such notes
or borrowings by
mortgaging, pledging or
otherwise subjecting as
security our assets to
the extent permitted by
the 1940 Act or rating
agency guidelines. Any
borrowings, including
without limitation the
notes, will rank senior
to the preferred shares
and the common shares.
The prospectus
supplement will
describe the interest
payment provisions
relating to notes.
Interest on notes will
be payable when due as
described in the
related prospectus
supplement. If we do
not pay interest when
due, it will trigger an
event of default and we
will be restricted from
declaring dividends and
making other
distributions with
respect to our common
shares and preferred
shares. |
|
Dividends and Distributions
|
|
Preferred Share
Distributions. Under
current law, all
preferred shares of the
Fund must have the same
seniority with respect
to distributions.
Accordingly, no full
distribution will be
declared or paid on any
series of preferred
shares of the Fund for
any dividend period, or
part thereof, unless
full cumulative
dividends due through
the most recent
dividend payment dates
for all series of
outstanding preferred
shares of the Fund are
declared and paid. If
full cumulative
distributions due have
not been declared and
made on all outstanding
preferred shares of the
Fund, any distributions
on such preferred
shares will be made as
nearly pro rata as
possible in proportion
to the respective
amounts of
distributions
accumulated but unmade
on each such series of
preferred shares on the
relevant dividend date. |
|
|
|
In the event that
for any calendar year
the total distributions
on the Funds preferred
shares exceed the
Funds current and
accumulated earnings
and profits, the excess
distributions will
generally be treated as
a tax-free return of
capital (to the extent
of the shareholders
tax basis in his or her
shares). The amount
treated as a tax-free
return of capital will
reduce a shareholders
adjusted tax basis in
his or her preferred
shares, thereby
increasing the
shareholders potential
gain or reducing his or
her potential loss on
the sale of the shares. |
|
|
|
Fixed Rate
Preferred Shares.
Distributions on fixed
rate preferred shares,
at the applicable
annual rate of the per
share liquidation
preference, are
cumulative from the
original issue date and
are payable, when, as
and if declared by the
Board of Trustees of
the Fund (the Board),
out of funds legally
available therefor. |
|
|
|
Variable Rate
Preferred Shares. The
holders of variable
rate preferred shares
are entitled to receive
cash distributions,
stated at annual rates
of the applicable per
share liquidation
preference, that vary
from dividend period to
dividend period. |
|
|
|
Common Share
Distributions. In order
to allow its common
shareholders to realize
a predictable, but not
assured, level of cash
flow and some periodic
liquidity from their
investment without
having to sell shares,
the Board has adopted a
policy, which may be
modified at any time,
of paying quarterly
distributions on its
common shares. For the
fiscal year ended
December 31, 2009, the
Fund made distributions
of $1.28 per common
share, all of which constituted a return of capital. For the fiscal
year ending December 31, 2010, the Fund made distributions of $1.28
per common share. Based on the distribution allocations of the Fund as of December 31, 2010, the total distributions
paid in 2010 to common shareholders represent approximately 2% from net capital gains and 98% from
paid-in capital. The composition of each distribution is
estimated based on
earnings as of the
record date for the
distribution. The
actual composition of
each distribution may
change based on the
Funds investment
activity through the
end of the calendar
year. In the event the
Fund does not generate
a total return from
dividends and interest
received and net
realized capital gains
in an amount equal to
or in excess of its
distribution in a given
year, the Fund may
return capital as part
of such distribution,
which may have the
effect of decreasing
the asset coverage per
share with respect to
the Funds preferred
shares. Any return of
capital that is a
component of a
distribution is not
sourced from realized
or unrealized profits
of the Fund and that
portion should not be
considered by investors
as yield or total
return on their
investment in the Fund.
Shareholders should not
assume that a
distribution from the
Fund is comprised
exclusively of net
profits. |
|
|
|
Limitations on
Distributions. If at
any time the Fund has
notes outstanding, the
Fund will be prohibited
from paying any
distributions on any of
its preferred shares or
common shares (other
than in additional
shares), and from
repurchasing any of
such shares, unless, as
provided |
3
|
|
|
|
|
in the 1940
Act, the value of its
total assets, less
certain ordinary course
liabilities, exceed
300% of the amount of
the debt outstanding
and exceed 200% of the
sum of the amount of
debt and preferred
shares outstanding. |
|
Tax Treatment of Preferred Share Distributions
|
|
The Fund expects
that distributions on
the preferred shares
may consist of (i)
long-term capital gain
(gain from the sale of
a capital asset held
longer than 12 months),
(ii) qualified dividend
income (dividend income
from certain domestic
and foreign
corporations) and (iii)
investment company
taxable income (other
than qualified dividend
income), including
interest income,
short-term capital gain
and income from certain
hedging and interest
rate transactions. The
Fund expects that a
substantial portion of
its income will consist
of short-term capital
gains. For a
more detailed
discussion, see
Taxation. |
|
Use of Proceeds
|
|
The Fund will use
the net proceeds from
the offering to
purchase additional
portfolio securities in
accordance with its
investment objective
and policies, and/or to
redeem existing
preferred shareholders.
It is anticipated that
the investment of
proceeds and/or the
redemption of preferred
shares will be
substantially completed
within three months;
however, changes in
market conditions could
result in the Funds
anticipated investment
period extending to as
long as six months.
See Use of Proceeds. |
|
Exchange Listing
|
|
The Funds common
shares are listed on
the NYSE under the
trading or ticker
symbol GDL. The
Funds outstanding
preferred shares are
listed on the NYSE
under the symbol
GDL-PrA. See
Description of the
Securities. Future
series of fixed rate
preferred shares and
subscription rights
would also likely be
listed on a stock
exchange. Variable
rate preferred shares
and notes will not
likely be listed on a
stock exchange. |
|
Market Price of Shares
|
|
Common shares of
closed-end investment
companies often trade
at prices lower than
their net asset value.
Common shares of
closed-end investment
companies may trade
during some periods at
prices higher than
their net asset value
and during other
periods at prices lower
than their net asset
value. The Fund cannot
assure you that its
common shares will
trade at a price higher
than or equal to net
asset value. The
Funds net asset value
will be reduced
immediately following
this offering by the
sales load and the
amount of the offering
expenses paid by the
Fund. See Use of
Proceeds. |
|
|
|
In addition to net
asset value, the market
price of the Funds
common shares may be
affected by such
factors as the Funds
dividend and
distribution levels
(which are affected by
expenses) and
stability, market
liquidity, market
supply and demand,
unrealized gains,
general market and
economic conditions and
other factors. See
Risk Factors and
Special
Considerations,
Description of the
Securities and
Repurchase of Common
Shares. |
|
Risk Factors and Special Considerations
|
|
Risk is inherent
in all investing.
Therefore, before
investing in securities
of the Fund, you should
consider the risks
carefully. |
|
|
|
Our Notes. An
investment in our notes
is subject to special
risks. There may not be
an established market
for our notes. To the
extent that our notes
trade, they may trade
at a price either
higher or lower than
their principal amount
depending on interest
rates, the rating (if
any) on such notes and
other factors. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Special Risks to
Holders of Notes. |
|
|
|
Our Fixed Rate
Preferred Shares.
Prior to the offering
of any additional
series of fixed rate
preferred shares, there
will be no public
market for such shares.
During an initial
period, not |
4
|
|
|
|
|
expected to
exceed 30 days after
the date of initial
issuance, such shares
may not be listed on
any securities
exchange. Consequently,
an investment in such
shares may be illiquid
during such period.
Fixed rate preferred
shares may trade at a
premium to or discount
from liquidation
preference for a
variety of reasons,
including changes in
interest rates. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Special Risks to
Holders of Fixed Rate
Preferred Shares. |
|
|
|
Our Variable Rate
Preferred Shares. In
the event any
auction-rate preferred
shares are issued, you
may not be able to sell
your auction-rate
preferred shares at an
auction if the auction
fails, i.e., if more
auction-rate preferred
shares are offered for
sale than there are
buyers for those
shares. In the event
any auction-rate
preferred shares are
issued, if you try to
sell your auction-rate
preferred shares
between auctions, you
may not be able to sell
them for their
liquidation preference
per share or such
amount per share plus
accumulated dividends.
Since 2008, most
auction-rate preferred
share auctions have
been unable to hold
successful auctions and
holders of such shares
have suffered reduced
liquidity. See Risk
Factors and Special
Considerations
Special Risks to
Holders of Variable
Rate Preferred Shares. |
|
|
|
Our Subscription
Rights. There is a
risk that changes in
interest rates or
changes in the credit
quality of the Fund may
result in the
underlying preferred
shares purchaseable
upon exercise of the
subscription rights
being less attractive
to investors at the
conclusion of the
subscription period.
This may reduce or
eliminate the value of
the subscription
rights. Investors who
receive subscription
rights may find that
there is no market to
sell rights they do not
wish to exercise. If
investors exercise only
a portion of the
rights, the number of
preferred shares issued
may be reduced, and the
preferred shares may
trade at less favorable
prices than larger
offerings for similar
securities. |
|
|
|
Credit Quality
Ratings. In order to
obtain and maintain
attractive credit
quality ratings for
preferred shares or
borrowings, the Funds
portfolio must satisfy
over-collateralization
tests established by
the relevant rating
agencies. These tests
are more difficult to
satisfy to the extent
the Funds portfolio
securities are of lower
credit quality, longer
maturity or not
diversified by issuer
and industry. These
guidelines could affect
portfolio decisions and
may be more stringent
than those imposed by
the 1940 Act. A rating
(if any) by a rating
agency does not
eliminate or
necessarily mitigate
the risks of investing
in our preferred
shares, and a rating
may not fully or
accurately reflect all
of the securities
credit risks. A rating
(if any) does not
address liquidity or
any other market risks
of the securities being
rated. A rating agency
could downgrade the
rating of our notes,
which may make such
securities less liquid
in the secondary
market. If a rating
agency downgrades the
rating assigned to
notes, we may alter our
portfolio or redeem the
preferred securities
under certain
circumstances. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Credit Quality
Ratings. |
|
|
|
Common Share
Repurchases.
Repurchases of common
shares by the Fund may
reduce the net asset
coverage of the notes
and preferred shares,
which could adversely
affect their liquidity
or market prices. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Common Share
Repurchases. |
|
|
|
Preferred Shares
Subordinated to Debt
Securities. As
provided in the 1940
Act, and subject to
compliance with the
Funds investment
limitations, the Fund
may issue debt
securities. In the
event the Fund were to
issue such securities,
the Funds obligations
to make distributions
and, upon liquidation
of the Fund,
liquidation payments in
respect of its
preferred shares would
be subordinate to the
Funds obligations to
make any principal and
interest payments due
and owing with respect
to its outstanding debt
securities.
Accordingly, the Funds
issuance of debt
securities would have
the effect of creating
special risks for the
Funds preferred
shareholders that would
not be present in a
capital structure that
did not include such
securities. See Risk
Factors and Special
Considerations
Special Risks of Debt
Securities to Preferred
Shares. |
|
|
|
Restrictions on
Dividends and Other
Distributions.
Restrictions imposed on
the declaration and
payment of dividends or
other distributions to
the holders of the
Funds common shares
and preferred shares,
both by the 1940 Act
and by requirements
imposed by rating
agencies, |
5
|
|
|
|
|
might impair
the Funds ability to
maintain its
qualification as a
regulated investment
company for U.S.
federal income tax
purposes. While the
Fund intends to redeem
its preferred shares or
prepay its notes only
to the extent necessary
to enable the Fund to
distribute its income
as required to maintain
its qualification as a
regulated investment
company under the Code,
there can be no
assurance that such
actions can be effected
in time to meet the
Code requirements. See
Taxation in the SAI. |
|
|
|
Common Share
Distribution Policy
Risk. The Fund has
adopted a policy, which
may be changed at any
time by the Board, of
paying quarterly
distributions on its
common shares. In the
event the Fund does not
generate a total return
from dividends and
interest received and
net realized capital
gains in an amount
equal to or in excess
of its distribution in
a given year, the Fund
may return capital as
part of such
distribution, which may
have the effect of
decreasing the asset
coverage per share with
respect to the Funds
preferred shares. Any
return of capital
should not be
considered by investors
as yield or total
return on their
investment in the Fund.
For the fiscal year
ended December 31,
2009, the Fund made
distributions of $1.28
per common share, all
of which constituted a
return of capital. For
the fiscal year ending
December 31, 2010, the
Fund made
distributions of $1.28
per common share. Based on the distribution allocations of the Fund as of December 31, 2010, the total distributions
paid in 2010 to common shareholders represent approximately 2% from net capital gains and 98% from
paid-in capital. The
composition of each
distribution is
estimated based on the
earnings of the Fund as
of the record date for
each distribution. The
actual composition of
each of the current
years distributions
will be based on the
Funds investment
activity through the
end of the calendar
year. |
|
|
|
Leverage Risk.
The Fund intends to use
financial leverage for
investment purposes by
issuing preferred
shares or debt
securities. A leveraged
capital structure will
create special risks
not associated with
unleveraged funds
having a similar
investment objective
and policies. These
include the possibility
of greater loss and the
likelihood of higher
volatility of the net
asset value of the Fund
and the asset coverage
for the preferred
shares. Such
volatility may increase
the likelihood of the
Fund having to sell
investments in order to
meet its obligations to
make distributions on
the preferred shares or
principal or interest
payments on debt
securities, or to
redeem preferred shares
or repay debt, when it
may be disadvantageous
to do so. The use of
leverage magnifies both
the favorable and
unfavorable effects of
price movements in the
investments made by the
Fund. To the extent
that the Fund
determines to employ
leverage in its
investment operations,
the Fund will be
subject to substantial
risk of loss. The Fund
cannot assure you that
borrowings or the
issuance of preferred
shares will result in a
higher yield or return
to the holders of the
common shares. Also,
if the Fund is
utilizing leverage, a
decline in net asset
value could affect the
ability of the Fund to
make common share
distributions and such
a failure to make
distributions could
result in the Fund
ceasing to qualify as a
regulated investment
company under the Code.
See Taxation. |
|
|
|
Preferred Share
and Note Risk. The
issuance of preferred
securities causes the
net asset value and
market value of the
common shares to become
more volatile. If the
interest rate on the
notes or the dividend
rate on the preferred
shares approaches the
net rate of return on
the Funds investment
portfolio, the benefit
of leverage to the
holders of the common
shares would be
reduced. If the
interest rate on the
notes or the dividend
rate on the preferred
shares exceeds the net
rate of return on the
Funds portfolio, the
leverage will result in
a lower rate of return
to the holders of
common shares than if
the Fund had not issued
preferred shares. |
|
|
|
Any decline in the
net asset value of the
Funds investments
would be borne entirely
by the holders of
common shares.
Therefore, if the
market value of the
Funds portfolio
declines, the leverage
will result in a
greater decrease in net
asset value to the
holders of common
shares than if the Fund
were not leveraged.
This greater net asset
value decrease will
also tend to cause a
greater decline in the
market price for the
common shares. The
Fund might be in danger
of failing to maintain
the required asset
coverage of the notes
or preferred shares or,
in an extreme case, the
Funds current
investment income might
not be sufficient to
meet the dividend
requirements on the
preferred shares. In
order to counteract
such an event, the Fund |
6
|
|
|
|
|
might need to liquidate
investments in order to
fund redemption of some
or all of the preferred
shares. |
|
|
|
In addition, the
Fund would pay (and the
holders of common
shares would bear) all
costs and expenses
relating to the
issuance and ongoing
maintenance of the
preferred shares,
including any
additional advisory
fees on the incremental
assets attributable to
such shares. Holders
of notes and preferred
shares may have
different interests
than holders of common
shares and at times may
have disproportionate
influence over the
Funds affairs. In the
event the Fund fails to
maintain the specified
level of asset coverage
of any notes
outstanding, the
holders of the notes
will have the right to
elect a majority of the
Funds trustees. In
addition, holders of
preferred shares,
voting separately as a
single class, have the
right to elect two
members of the Board at
all times and in the
event dividends become
in arrears for two full
years would have the
right (subject to the
rights of note holders)
to elect a majority of
the Trustees until the
arrearage is completely
eliminated. In
addition, preferred
shareholders have class
voting rights on
certain matters,
including changes in
fundamental investment
restrictions and
conversion of the Fund
to open-end status, and
accordingly can veto
any such changes. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Preferred Share and
Note Risk. |
|
|
|
Special Risks
Related to Preferred
Shares. Special risks
associated with the
Fund investing in
preferred shares
include deferral of
distributions or
dividend payments, in
some cases the right of
an issuer never to pay
missed dividends,
subordination to debt
and other liabilities,
illiquidity, limited
voting rights and
redemption by the
issuer. Because the
Fund has no limit on
its investment in
non-cumulative
preferred shares, the
amount of dividends the
Fund pays may be
adversely affected if
an issuer of
non-cumulative
preferred shares held
by the Fund determines
not to pay dividends on
such shares. There is
no assurance that
dividends or
distributions on
preferred shares in
which the Fund invests
will be declared or
otherwise made payable.
See Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Risks of Investing
in the Fund Special
Risks Related to
Preferred Shares. |
|
|
|
Merger Arbitrage
Risk. The principal
risk associated with
the Funds investment
strategy is that
certain of the proposed
reorganizations in
which the Fund invests
may be renegotiated,
terminated or involve a
longer time frame than
originally
contemplated, in which
case losses may be
realized. The
investment policies of
the Fund are expected
to lead to frequent
changes in investments,
which increase
transaction costs to
the Fund, and may also
result in accelerated
recognition of
short-term capital
gain, which will be
taxable to shareholders
when distributed by the
Fund. See Risk
Factors and Special
Considerations Risk
of Investing in the
Fund Merger
Arbitrage Risk. |
|
|
|
Non-Diversified
Status. As a
non-diversified,
closed-end management
investment company
under the 1940 Act, the
Fund may invest a
greater portion of its
assets in a more
limited number of
issuers than may a
diversified fund, and
accordingly, an
investment in the Fund
may, under certain
circumstances, present
greater risk to an
investor than an
investment in a
diversified company.
See Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Risks of Investing
in the Fund
Non-Diversified
Status. |
|
|
|
Foreign Securities
Risk. The Fund has no
limit on the amount of
its net assets it may
invest in foreign
securities. Investing
in securities of
foreign companies (or
foreign governments),
which are generally
denominated in foreign
currencies, may involve
certain risks and
opportunities not
typically associated
with investing in
domestic companies and
could cause the Fund to
be affected favorably
or unfavorably by
changes in currency
exchange rates and
revaluation of
currencies. See Risk
Factors and Special
Considerations Risks
of Investing in the
Fund Foreign
Securities Risk. |
|
|
|
Lower Grade
Securities. The Fund
has no limit on the
amount of its net
assets it may invest in
fixed-income securities
rated below investment
grade by recognized
statistical rating
agencies or unrated
securities of
comparable quality.
However, the Fund does
not expect these
investments to exceed
10% of its total
assets. The prices of
these lower grade
securities are |
7
|
|
|
|
|
more
sensitive to negative
developments, such as a
decline in the issuers
revenues or a general
economic downturn, than
are the prices of
higher grade
securities. Securities
of below investment
grade quality are
predominantly
speculative with
respect to the issuers
capacity to pay
interest and repay
principal when due and
therefore involve a
greater risk of default
and are commonly
referred to as junk
bonds. See Risk
Factors and Special
Considerations Risks
of Investing in the
Fund Lower Grade
Securities. |
|
|
|
Derivative
Transactions. The Fund
may participate in
certain derivative
transactions. Such
transactions entail
certain execution,
market, liquidity,
hedging and tax risks.
Participation in the
options or futures
markets and in currency
exchange transactions
involves investment
risks and transaction
costs to which the Fund
would not be subject
absent the use of these
strategies. If the
Investment Advisers
prediction of movements
in the direction of the
securities, foreign
currency or interest
rate markets is
inaccurate, the
consequences to the
Fund may leave the Fund
in a worse position
than if it had not used
such strategies. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Risks of Investing
in the Fund Special
Risks of Derivative
Transactions. |
|
|
|
Interest Rate
Transactions. The Fund
may enter into an
interest rate swap or
cap transaction with
respect to all or a
portion of any future
series of variable rate
preferred shares. The
use of interest rate
swaps and caps is a
highly specialized
activity that involves
certain risks to the
Fund including, among
others, counterparty
risk and early
termination risk. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Risks of Investing
in the Fund Swaps. |
|
|
|
Management Risk.
The Fund is subject to
management risk because
it is an actively
managed portfolio. The
Investment Adviser will
apply investment
techniques and risk
analyses in making
investment decisions
for the Fund, but there
can be no guarantee
that these will produce
the desired results.
See Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Risks of Investing
in the Fund
Management Risk. |
|
|
|
Dependence on Key
Personnel. The
Investment Adviser is
dependent upon the
expertise of Mr. Mario
J. Gabelli in providing
advisory services with
respect to the Funds
investments. If the
Investment Adviser were
to lose the services of
Mr. Gabelli, its
ability to service the
Fund could be adversely
affected. There can be
no assurance that a
suitable replacement
could be found for Mr.
Gabelli in the event of
his death, resignation,
retirement or inability
to act on behalf of the
Investment Adviser. See
Risk Factors and
Special Considerations
Risks of Investing
in the Fund
Dependence on Key
Personnel. |
|
|
|
Anti-Takeover
Provisions. The Funds
Governing Documents (as
defined herein) include
provisions that could
limit the ability of
other entities or
persons to acquire
control of the Fund or
convert the Fund to an
open-end fund. See
Anti-Takeover
Provisions of the
Funds Governing
Documents. |
|
|
|
The Fund has
elected and has
qualified for, and
intends to remain
qualified for, U.S.
federal income tax
purposes as a regulated
investment company.
Qualification requires,
among other things,
compliance by the Fund
with certain
distribution
requirements. Statutory
limitations on
distributions on the
common shares if the
Fund fails to satisfy
the 1940 Acts asset
coverage requirements
could jeopardize the
Funds ability to meet
such distribution
requirements. The Fund
presently intends,
however, to purchase or
redeem preferred shares
to the extent necessary
in order to maintain
compliance with such
asset coverage
requirements. See
Taxation for a more
complete discussion of
these and other U.S.
federal income tax
considerations. |
|
Management and Fees
|
|
Gabelli Funds, LLC
serves as the Funds
Investment Adviser and
its fee is calculated
on the basis of the
Funds managed assets,
which includes all of
the assets of the Fund
without deduction for
borrowings, repurchase
transactions and other
leveraging techniques,
the liquidation value
of any outstanding
preferred shares or
other liabilities
except for certain
ordinary course
expenses. The fee may
be higher when leverage
is utilized, giving the
Investment Adviser an
incentive to utilize
such leverage. The
base rate will be an
annual rate |
8
|
|
|
|
|
of 0.50% of
the Funds average
weekly managed assets
payable monthly in
arrears. In addition,
the Investment Adviser
will be entitled to
receive an annual
performance fee as of
the end of each
calendar year if the
total return of the
Fund on its common
shares during the
calendar year in
question exceeds the
total return of an
index of three-month
U.S. Treasury bills
(the T-Bill Index)
during the same period.
If the Funds total
return for the calendar
year equals the total
return of the T-Bill
Index for the same
period plus 3.0
percentage points (300
basis points), the
Investment Adviser will
receive a performance
fee of 0.75% of the
Funds average weekly
managed assets during
the period. This
performance fee will be
increased by 0.01
percentage point (one
basis point) for each
0.04 percentage point
(four basis points) by
which the Funds total
return during the
period exceeds the
T-Bill Index total
return plus 3.0
percentage points (300
basis points), up to a
maximum performance fee
of 1.50% if the excess
performance over the
T-Bill Index is 6.0
percentage points (600
basis points) or
greater and will be
decreased at the same
rate for the amount by
which the Funds total
return during the
period is less than the
T-Bill Index total
return plus 3.0
percentage points (300
basis points), until no
performance fee is
payable if the Funds
total return is less
than or equal to the
T-Bill Index total
return. See Management
of the Fund. |
|
|
|
Under the performance
fee arrangement, the
annual rate of the
total fees paid to the
Investment Adviser can
range from 0.50% to
2.00% of the Funds
average weekly managed
assets. |
Total Investment Advisory Fee Rate
(as a percentage of average weekly managed assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
T-Bill Index |
|
The Funds Total Return |
|
Total Return |
|
0% or less |
|
|
1% |
|
|
2% |
|
|
3% |
|
|
4% |
|
|
5% |
|
|
6% |
|
|
7% |
|
|
8% |
|
|
9% |
|
|
10% |
|
|
11% |
|
|
12% |
|
|
13% |
|
|
14% |
|
2% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
3% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
4% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
5% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
6% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
7% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
8% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
|
Repurchase of Common Shares and Anti-takeover Provisions
|
|
The Funds
Board has
authorized the Fund
to repurchase its
common shares in
the open market
when the common
shares are trading
at a discount of
7.5% or more from
net asset value (or
such other
percentage as the
Board may determine
from time to time).
Although the Board
has authorized such
repurchases, the
Fund is not
required to
repurchase its
common shares. The
Board has not
established a limit
on the number of
shares that could
be purchased during
such period. Such
repurchases are
subject to certain
notice and other
requirements under
the 1940 Act. See
Repurchase of
Common Shares. |
|
|
|
Certain
provisions of the
Funds Agreement
and Declaration of
Trust and By-Laws
(collectively, the
Governing
Documents) may be
regarded as
anti-takeover
provisions.
Pursuant to these
provisions, only
one of three
classes of trustees
is elected each
year, and the
affirmative vote of
the holders of 75%
of the outstanding
shares of the Fund
is necessary to
authorize the
conversion of the
Fund from a
closed-end to an
open-end investment
company. The
overall effect of
these provisions is
to render more
difficult the
accomplishment of a
merger with, or the
assumption of
control by, a
principal
shareholder. These
provisions may have
the effect of
depriving Fund
common shareholders
of an opportunity
to sell their
shares at a premium
to the prevailing
market price. See
Anti-Takeover
Provisions of the
Funds Governing
Documents. |
|
Custodian
|
|
The Bank of
New York Mellon
(the Custodian),
located at 135
Santilli Highway,
Everett,
Massachusetts
02149, serves as
the custodian of
the Funds assets
pursuant to a
custody agreement.
Under the custody
agreement, the
Custodian holds the
Funds assets in
compliance with the
1940 Act. For its
services, the
Custodian receives
a monthly fee based
upon, among other
things, the average
value of the total
assets of the Fund,
plus certain
charges. |
9
|
|
|
Transfer Agent and
Dividend Disbursing Agent
|
|
American Stock
Transfer & Trust
Company, located at
59 Maiden Lane, New
York, New York
10038, serves as
the Funds dividend
disbursing agent,
as agent under the
Funds automatic
dividend
reinvestment and
voluntary cash
purchase plan, and
as transfer agent
and registrar with
respect to the
common shares of
the Fund. |
10
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS
The selected data below sets forth the per share operating performance and ratios for the
periods presented. The financial information was derived from and should be read in conjunction
with the Financial Statements of the Fund and Notes thereto, which are incorporated by reference
into this prospectus and the SAI. The financial information for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2009, has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds independent registered public accounting
firm, whose unqualified report on such Financial Statements is incorporated by reference into the
SAI.
Selected data for a share of beneficial interest outstanding throughout each period:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
|
Ended June 30, 2010 |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007(g) |
|
Operating Performance: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset value, beginning of period |
|
$ |
15.84 |
|
|
$ |
16.20 |
|
|
$ |
18.50 |
|
|
$ |
19.06 |
(h) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income/(loss) |
|
|
(0.19 |
) |
|
|
(0.54 |
) |
|
|
0.18 |
|
|
|
0.37 |
|
Net realized and unrealized gain/(loss) on investments, swap contracts, securities
sold short, and foreign currency transactions |
|
|
(0.13 |
) |
|
|
1.46 |
|
|
|
(0.89 |
) |
|
|
0.27 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total from investment operations |
|
|
(0.32 |
) |
|
|
0.92 |
|
|
|
(0.71 |
) |
|
|
0.64 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Distributions to Common Shareholders: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net investment income |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.18 |
) |
|
|
(0.30 |
) |
Net realized gain |
|
|
(0.01) |
* |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.43 |
) |
|
|
(0.90 |
) |
Return of capital |
|
|
(0.63) |
* |
|
|
(1.28 |
) |
|
|
(0.99 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total distributions to common shareholders |
|
|
(0.64 |
) |
|
|
(1.28 |
) |
|
|
(1.60 |
) |
|
|
(1.20 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Share Transactions: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase in net asset value from common share transactions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
(f) |
Decrease in net asset value from repurchase of common shares |
|
|
|
|
|
|
(0.00 |
)(f) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total fund share transactions |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0.00 |
(f) |
|
|
0.01 |
|
|
|
0.00 |
(f) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net Asset Value, End of Period |
|
$ |
14.88 |
|
|
$ |
15.84 |
|
|
$ |
16.20 |
|
|
$ |
18.50 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net asset value total return |
|
|
(2.09 |
)% |
|
|
5.90 |
% |
|
|
(4.06 |
)% |
|
|
3.35 |
%** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Market value, end of period |
|
$ |
13.17 |
|
|
$ |
14.41 |
|
|
$ |
13.14 |
|
|
$ |
15.96 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total investment return |
|
|
(4.33 |
)% |
|
|
20.03 |
% |
|
|
(8.39 |
)% |
|
|
(14.55) |
%*** |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ratios to Average Net Assets and Supplemental Data: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets including liquidation value of preferred shares, end of period (in 000s) |
|
$ |
411,089 |
|
|
$ |
431,498 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets attributable to common shares, end of period (in 000s) |
|
$ |
315,077 |
|
|
$ |
335,486 |
|
|
$ |
343,657 |
|
|
$ |
394,017 |
|
Ratio of net investment income to average net assets attributable to common shares
including interest and offering costs |
|
|
(2.44) |
%(e) |
|
|
(3.35 |
)% |
|
|
1.02 |
% |
|
|
2.12 |
%(e) |
Ratio of operating expenses including interest and offering
costs to average net assets attributable to common shares(a)(b) |
|
|
3.32 |
%(e) |
|
|
4.67 |
% |
|
|
0.67 |
% |
|
|
0.64 |
%(e) |
Ratio of operating expenses excluding interest and offering costs to average net
assets attributable to common shares |
|
|
0.82 |
%(e) |
|
|
2.53 |
% |
|
|
0.65 |
% |
|
|
0.62 |
%(e) |
Portfolio turnover rate |
|
|
144 |
% |
|
|
371 |
% |
|
|
334 |
% |
|
|
177 |
% |
Preferred Stock: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8.500% Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares(c) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation value, end of period (in 000s) |
|
$ |
96,012 |
|
|
$ |
96,012 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Period Ended |
|
|
|
Ended June 30, 2010 |
|
|
Year Ended December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
|
|
(Unaudited) |
|
|
2009 |
|
|
2008 |
|
|
2007(g) |
|
Total shares outstanding (in 000s) |
|
|
1,920 |
|
|
|
1,920 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Liquidation preference per share |
|
$ |
50.00 |
|
|
$ |
50.00 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average market value(d) |
|
$ |
53.59 |
|
|
$ |
53.40 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset coverage per share |
|
$ |
214.08 |
|
|
$ |
224.71 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Asset coverage |
|
|
428 |
% |
|
|
449 |
% |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Based on net asset value per share, adjusted for reinvestment of distributions at the net
asset value per share on the ex-dividend dates. Total return for a period of less than one
year is not annualized. |
|
|
|
Based on market value per share, adjusted for reinvestment of distributions at prices
obtained under the Funds dividend reinvestment plan. Total return for a period of less than
one year is not annualized. |
|
|
|
Effective in 2008, a change in accounting policy was adopted with regard to the calculation
of the portfolio turnover rate to include cash proceeds due to mergers. Had this policy been
adopted retroactively, the portfolio turnover rate for the period ended December 31, 2007
would have been 411%. |
|
* |
|
Based on year to date book income. Amounts are subject to change and recharacterization at
year end. |
|
** |
|
Based on net asset value per share at commencement of operations of $19.06 per share,
adjusted for reinvestment of distributions at the net asset value per share on the ex-dividend
dates. |
|
*** |
|
Based on market value per share at initial public offering of $20.00 per share, adjusted for
reinvestments of distributions at prices obtained under the Funds dividend reinvestment plan. |
|
(a) |
|
The ratios do not include a reduction of expenses for custodian fee credits on cash balances maintained with
the custodian. Including such custodian fee credits, the expense ratios for the year ended December 31, 2008 and the period ended
December 31, 2007 would have been 0.66% and 0.63%, respectively. For the six months ended June
30, 2010, and the year ended December 31, 2009, the effect of
custodian fee credits was
minimal. |
|
(b) |
|
The Fund incurred interest expense during the six months ended June 30, 2010 and the periods
ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007, interest and offering costs include amounts relating to the 8.50% Series A Preferred
Shares issued during this period. |
|
(c) |
|
Series A Cumulative Preferred Shares were first issued on February 6, 2009. |
|
(d) |
|
Based on weekly prices. |
|
(e) |
|
Annualized. |
|
(f) |
|
Amount represents less than $0.005 per share. |
|
(g) |
|
The GDL Fund commenced investment operations on January 31, 2007. |
|
(h) |
|
The beginning of period NAV reflects a $0.04 reduction for costs associated with the initial
public offering. |
12
USE OF PROCEEDS
The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in
high quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that
it will use the proceeds to invest in accordance with the Funds investment objective and policies
as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, and/or to redeem existing preferred
shareholders. It is anticipated that the investment of proceeds and/or the redemption of preferred
shares is expected to substantially be completed within three months; however, changes in market
conditions could result in the Funds anticipated investment period extending to as long as six
months.
THE FUND
The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the
1940 Act. The Fund was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on October 17, 2006, pursuant to an
Agreement and Declaration of Trust governed by the laws of the State of Delaware. The Fund
commenced its investment operations on January 31, 2007. The Funds principal office is located at
One Corporate Center, Rye, New York, 10580-1422 and its telephone number is (800) 422-3554.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
Investment Objective
The Funds investment objective is to achieve absolute returns in various market conditions
without excessive risk of capital. Absolute returns are defined as positive total returns,
regardless of the direction of securities markets. The Fund will seek to achieve its objective by
investing primarily in merger arbitrage transactions and, to a lesser extent, in corporate
reorganizations involving stubs, spin-offs and liquidations. Under normal circumstances, the Fund
will invest at least 80% of its assets in securities or hedging arrangements relating to companies
involved in corporate transactions or reorganizations, giving rise to the possibility of realizing
gains upon or within relatively short periods of time after the completion of such transactions or
reorganizations. The Investment Adviser believes that in the near term there may not be sufficient foreign deal
activity to maintain, under normal circumstances, at least 40% of the Funds assets in at least
three countries outside the United States. The Fund is accordingly changing its name to The
GDL Fund to more accurately reflect this non-fundamental investment policy.
The Investment Adviser considers the Funds merger arbitrage investment results to be less
volatile than overall stock price movements. While some periods will be more conducive to a merger
arbitrage strategy than others, a systematic, disciplined arbitrage program may produce attractive
rates of return over time even in flat or down markets. Except as otherwise stated, the Funds
investment objective and policies are not fundamental and may be changed without obtaining approval
from the Funds shareholders.
Investment Methodology of the Fund
In selecting transactions in which the Fund will invest, the Investment Adviser normally will
consider the following factors, among others:
|
|
|
the probability that the targeted acquisition or other transaction will close; |
|
|
|
|
the length of time to closing; |
|
|
|
|
the credibility, strategic motivation and financial resources of the participants; |
|
|
|
|
the liquidity of the securities involved in the transaction; |
|
|
|
|
the issuers free cash flow and long-term earnings trends; |
|
|
|
|
the likelihood of an overbid; and |
|
|
|
|
the presence of a catalyst: something indigenous to the issuer, its industry, or
country to surface additional value. |
The Investment Adviser believes that blending traditional merger arbitrage for announced deals
with strategies that focus on stubs, spin-offs and liquidations will produce absolute returns in
excess of short-term interest
13
rates with less volatility than the returns typically associated with equity investing. A
systematic and disciplined arbitrage program may produce attractive rates of return even in flat or
down markets.
Certain Investment Practices
Merger
Arbitrage. The Fund will invest primarily in the equity securities of companies which are
involved in publicly announced mergers, takeovers and other corporate reorganizations. Merger
arbitrage is a highly specialized investment approach generally designed to profit from the
successful completion of proposed mergers, takeovers, tender offers and leveraged buyouts. Although
a variety of strategies may be employed depending upon the nature of the reorganizations selected
for investment, the most common merger arbitrage activity involves purchasing the shares of an
announced acquisition target at a discount to their expected value upon completion of the
acquisition. Although investors can utilize merger arbitrage techniques with respect to companies
the investor believes may soon become subject to a merger proposal or negotiated transaction, the
Fund intends to invest primarily in publicly announced transactions.
In general, securities which are the subject of such an offer or proposal sell at a premium to
their historic market price immediately prior to the announcement of the offer but at a discount to
what the stated or appraised value of the securities would be if the contemplated transaction were
completed. Investments in these securities may be advantageous when the discount overstates the
risk of the contingencies involved; undervalues the securities, assets or cash to be received by
shareholders of the prospective portfolio company as a result of the contemplated transaction; or
fails adequately to recognize the possibility that the offer or proposal may be replaced or
superseded by an offer or proposal of greater value. The evaluation of such contingencies requires
unusually broad knowledge and experience on the part of the Investment Adviser, which must appraise
not only the value of the issuer and its component businesses as well as the assets or securities
to be received as a result of the contemplated transaction, but also the financial resources and
business motivation of the offering party and/or the dynamics and business climate when the offer
or proposal is in process. Since such investments are ordinarily short-term in nature, they will
tend to increase the turnover ratio of the Fund (which may exceed 300%), thereby increasing its
brokerage and other transaction expenses. The Investment Adviser intends to select investments of
this type which, in its view, have reasonable prospects of capital appreciation which are
significant in relation to both the risk involved and the potential of available alternative
investments.
Depending upon the level of merger activity and
other economic and market conditions, the Fund
may invest a substantial portion of its assets in other securities, including money
market instruments such as Treasury bills and other short-term obligations of the U.S. Government,
its agencies or instrumentalities; shares of one or more money market funds managed by the
Investment Adviser or unaffiliated managers; negotiable bank certificates of deposit; prime
commercial paper; and repurchase agreements with respect to the above securities.
The Fund may use hedging arrangements,
including investments in options and futures, in order
to reduce the risk of adverse price movements in securities it holds, with the goal of consistently
achieving absolute returns. The Fund does not anticipate that its investments in futures contracts
will require aggregate initial margins and premiums in excess of 5% of its assets or that the
option premiums paid with respect to outstanding options will exceed 10% of its assets at any
particular time.
The Fund may invest without limitation in the securities of foreign and
domestic issuers. The Funds investment strategy is to invest
primarily in merger arbitrage transactions and
corporate reorganizations throughout the world. To the extent that the majority of mergers,
takeovers, tender offers and leveraged buyouts and corporate reorganizations are concentrated in
any given geographic region, such as Europe, North America or Asia, a relatively high proportion of
the Funds assets may be invested in that particular region.
Foreign Securities. The Fund may make unlimited investments in the securities of non-United
States issuers, which are generally denominated in foreign currencies. See Risk Factors and
Special Considerations Foreign Securities Risk. The Fund may purchase sponsored American
Depository Receipts (ADRs) or United
14
States dollar denominated securities of foreign issuers. ADRs are receipts issued by U.S.
banks or trust companies in respect of securities of foreign issuers held on deposit for use in the
U.S. securities markets.
Options. The Fund may purchase or sell, i.e., write, options on securities, securities
indices and foreign currencies which are listed on a national securities exchange or in the
over-the-counter (OTC) market as a means of achieving additional return or of hedging the value
of the Funds portfolio. A call option is a contract that, in return for a premium, gives the
holder of the option the right to buy from the writer of the call option the security or currency
underlying the option at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The
writer of the call option has the obligation, upon exercise of the option, to deliver the
underlying security or currency upon payment of the exercise price during the option period. A put
option is the reverse of a call option, giving the holder the right, in return for a premium, to
sell the underlying security to the writer at a specified price and obligating the writer to
purchase the underlying security from the holder at that price.
If the Fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing
purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option
previously written. However, with respect to exchange-traded options, once the Fund has been
assigned an exercise notice, the Fund will be unable to effect a closing purchase transaction.
Similarly, if the Fund is the holder of an option it may liquidate its position by effecting a
closing sale transaction on an exchange. This is accomplished by selling an option of the same
series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance that either a closing purchase
or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.
The Fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is
less than the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to purchase
the option; the Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction
is more than the premium received from writing the option or is less than the premium paid to
purchase the option. Since call option prices generally reflect increases in the price of the
underlying security, any loss resulting from the repurchase of a call option may also be wholly or
partially offset by unrealized appreciation of the underlying security. Other principal factors
affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, prevailing interest
rates, the current market price and price volatility of the underlying security, and the time
remaining until the expiration date. Gains and losses on investment in options depend, in part, on
the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly the effect of these factors. The use of
options cannot serve as a complete hedge since the price movement of securities underlying the
options will not necessarily follow the price movements of the portfolio securities subject to the
hedge.
An option position may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a secondary market for
an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Fund will generally purchase
or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no
assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will persist for any particular option. In
such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so that
the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur
brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of
underlying securities for the exercise of put options.
The sale of covered call options may also be used by the Fund to reduce the risks associated
with individual investments and to increase total investment return.
In the event the Fund sells a put option or enters into long futures contracts, under current
interpretations of the 1940 Act, an amount of cash, U.S. Government Securities or other liquid
securities equal to the market value of the contract must be deposited and maintained in a
segregated account with the Funds custodian to collateralize the positions, in order for the Fund
to avoid being treated as having issued senior security in the amount of its obligations. For short
positions in futures contracts and sales of call options, the Fund may establish a segregated
account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) with cash, U.S. Government Securities or
other high grade debt securities that, when added to amounts deposited with a futures commission
merchant or a broker as margin, equal the market value of the instruments or currency underlying
the futures contracts or call options, respectively (but are no less than the stock price of the
call option or the market price at which the short positions were established).
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures. The Fund may purchase and sell financial futures
contracts and options thereon which are traded on a commodities exchange or board of trade for
certain hedging and risk
15
management purposes. A financial futures contract is an agreement to purchase or sell an
agreed amount of securities or currencies at a set price for delivery in the future. These futures
contracts and related options may be on debt securities, financial indices, securities indices,
U.S. government securities and foreign currencies. The Investment Adviser has claimed an exclusion
from the definition of the term commodity pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act and
therefore is not subject to registration under the Commodity Exchange Act. Accordingly, the Funds
investments in derivative instruments described in this prospectus and the SAI are not limited by
or subject to regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act or otherwise regulated by the Commodity
Futures Trading Commission.
Swaps. The Fund may enter into total rate of return, credit default or other types of swaps
and related derivatives for the purpose of hedging and risk management. These transactions
generally provide for the transfer from one counterparty to another of certain risks inherent in
the ownership of a financial asset such as a common stock or debt instrument. Such risks include,
among other things, the risk of default and insolvency of the obligor of such asset, the risk that
the credit of the obligor or the underlying collateral will decline or the risk that the common
stock of the underlying issuer will decline in value. The transfer of risk pursuant to a
derivative of this type may be complete or partial, and may be for the life of the related asset or
for a shorter period. These derivatives may be used as a risk management tool for a pool of
financial assets, providing the Fund with the opportunity to gain or reduce exposure to one or more
reference securities or other financial assets (each, a Reference Asset) without actually owning
or selling such assets in order, for example, to increase or reduce a concentration risk or to
diversify a portfolio. Conversely, these derivatives may be used by the Fund to reduce exposure to
an owned asset without selling it.
Because the Fund would not own the Reference Assets, the Fund may not have any voting rights
with respect to the Reference Assets, and in such cases all decisions related to the obligors or
issuers of the Reference Assets, including whether to exercise certain remedies, will be controlled
by the swap counterparties.
Total rate of return swaps and similar derivatives are subject to many risks, including the
possibility that the market will move in a manner or direction that would have resulted in gain for
the Fund had the swap or other derivative not been utilized (in which case it would have been
better had the Fund not engaged in the interest rate hedging transactions), the risk of imperfect
correlation between the risk sought to be hedged and the derivative transactions utilized, the
possible inability of the counterparty to fulfill its obligations under the swap and potential
illiquidity of the hedging instrument utilized, which may make it difficult for the Fund to close
out or unwind one or more hedging transactions.
Total rate of return swaps and related derivatives are a relatively recent development in the
financial markets. Consequently, there are certain legal, tax and market uncertainties that
present risks in entering into such arrangements. There is currently little or no case law or
litigation characterizing total rate of return swaps or related derivatives, interpreting their
provisions, or characterizing their tax treatment. In addition, additional regulations and laws
may apply to these types of derivatives that have not previously been applied. There can be no
assurance that future decisions construing similar provisions to those in any swap agreement or
other related documents or additional regulations and laws will not have an adverse effect on the
Fund that utilizes these instruments.
Short Sales. The Fund may make short sales of securities. A short sale is a transaction in
which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that
security will decline. The market value of the securities sold short of any one issuer will not
exceed either 25% of the Funds total assets or 5% of such issuers voting securities. The Fund
also will not make a short sale, if, after giving effect to such sale, the market value of all
securities sold short exceeds 50% of the value of its assets. The Fund may also make short sales
against the box without respect to such limitations. In this type of short sale, at the time of
the sale, the Fund owns, or has the immediate and unconditional right to acquire at no additional
cost, the identical security.
The Fund expects to make short sales both to obtain capital gains from anticipated declines in
securities and as a form of hedging to offset potential declines in long positions in the same or
similar securities. The short sale of a security is considered a speculative investment technique.
Short sales against the box may be subject to special tax rules, one of the effects of which may
be to accelerate income to the Fund.
When the Fund makes a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the
broker-dealer through which it made the short sale in order to satisfy its obligation to deliver
the security upon conclusion of the
16
sale. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to
deliver any payments received on such borrowed securities, such as dividends.
If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the
time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price
declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss will be
increased, by the transaction costs incurred by the Fund, including the costs associated with
providing collateral to the broker-dealer (usually cash, United States government securities or
other highly liquid debt securities) and the maintenance of collateral with its custodian. Although
the Funds gain is limited to the price at which it sold the security short, its potential loss is
theoretically unlimited.
Derivatives. Investments in options, futures and swaps are often referred to as derivatives
transactions. The Fund expects that it will invest in these types of instruments primarily for
hedging and risk management purposes and that its investments in derivatives and short sales for
purposes unrelated to corporate transactions or reorganizations will not exceed 5% of its total
assets.
There is no specific limit on the proportion of its assets that the Fund may use to invest in
derivatives and conduct short sales in connection with its investments in corporate transactions
and reorganizations, although the Fund expects that it will not be required to utilize more than
10% of the assets it has invested in a particular transaction to hedge its gains in such
transaction.
Lower Grade Securities. The Fund may make unlimited investments in fixed income securities
rated below investment grade by recognized statistical rating agencies or unrated securities of
comparable quality, including securities of issuers in default, which are likely to have the lowest
rating. However, the Fund does not expect these investments to exceed 10% of its total assets.
These securities, which may be preferred shares or debt, are predominantly speculative and involve
major risk exposure to adverse conditions. Debt securities that are rated lower than BBB by
Standard & Poors Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. (S&P), or lower
than Baa by Moodys Investors Service, Inc. (Moodys) or unrated securities considered by the
Investment Adviser to be of comparable quality, are commonly referred to as junk bonds.
Generally, such lower grade securities and unrated securities of comparable quality offer a
higher current yield than is offered by higher rated securities, but also (i) will likely have some
quality and protective characteristics that, in the judgment of the rating organizations, are
outweighed by large uncertainties or major risk exposures to adverse conditions and (ii) are
predominantly speculative with respect to the issuers capacity to pay interest and repay principal
in accordance with the terms of the obligation. The market values of certain of these securities
also tend to be more sensitive to individual corporate developments and changes in economic
conditions than higher quality bonds. In addition, such securities generally present a higher
degree of credit risk. The risk of loss due to default by these issuers is significantly greater
because such lower grade securities and unrated securities of comparable quality generally are
unsecured and frequently are subordinated to the prior payment of senior indebtedness. In light of
these risks, the Investment Adviser, in evaluating the creditworthiness of an issue, whether rated
or unrated, will take various factors into consideration, which may include, as applicable, the
issuers operating history, financial resources and its sensitivity to economic conditions and
trends, the market support for the facility financed by the issue, the perceived ability and
integrity of the issuers management and regulatory matters.
In addition, the market value of securities in lower rated categories is more volatile than
that of higher quality securities, and the markets in which such lower rated or unrated securities
are traded are more limited than those in which higher rated securities are traded. The existence
of limited markets may make it more difficult for the Fund to obtain accurate market quotations for
purposes of valuing its portfolio and calculating its net asset value. Moreover, the lack of a
liquid trading market may restrict the availability of securities for the Fund to purchase and may
also have the effect of limiting the ability of the Fund to sell securities at their fair value in
response to changes in the economy or the financial markets.
Lower grade securities also present risks based on payment expectations. If an issuer calls
the obligation for redemption (often a feature of fixed income securities), the Fund may have to
replace the security with a lower yielding security, resulting in a decreased return for investors.
Also, as the principal value of nonconvertible bonds and preferred shares moves inversely with
movements in interest rates, in the event of rising interest rates the value of the securities held
by the Fund may decline proportionately more than a portfolio consisting of higher rated
17
securities. Investments in zero coupon bonds may be more speculative and subject to greater
fluctuations in value due to changes in interest rates than bonds that pay regular income streams.
Current interest rates are relatively low and, therefore, it is possible that they will rise in the
future.
As part of its investment in lower grade securities, the Fund may invest in securities of
issuers in default. The Fund will make an investment in securities of issuers in default only when
the Investment Adviser believes that such issuers will honor their obligations or emerge from
bankruptcy protection under a plan pursuant to which the securities received by the Fund in
exchange for its defaulted securities will have a value in excess of the Funds investment. By
investing in securities of issuers in default, the Fund bears the risk that these issuers will not
continue to honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection or that the value of the
securities will not otherwise appreciate.
In addition to using recognized rating agencies and other sources, the Investment Adviser also
performs its own analysis of issues in seeking investments that it believes to be underrated (and
thus higher yielding) in light of the financial condition of the issuer. Its analysis of issuers
may include, among other things, current and anticipated cash flow and borrowing requirements,
value of assets in relation to historical cost, strength of management, responsiveness to business
conditions, credit standing, and current anticipated results of operations. In selecting
investments for the Fund, the Investment Adviser may also consider general business conditions,
anticipated changes in interest rates and the outlook for specific industries.
Subsequent to its purchase by the Fund, an issue of securities may cease to be rated or its
rating may be reduced. In addition, it is possible that statistical rating agencies may change
their ratings of a particular issue to reflect subsequent events. Moreover, such ratings do not
assess the risk of a decline in market value. None of these events will require the sale of the
securities by the Fund, although the Investment Adviser will consider these events in determining
whether the Fund should continue to hold the securities.
The market for lower grade and comparable unrated securities has experienced periods of
significantly adverse price and liquidity several times, particularly at or around times of
economic recessions. Past market recessions have adversely affected the value of such securities as
well as the ability of certain issuers of such securities to repay principal and pay interest
thereon or to refinance such securities. The market for those securities may react in a similar
fashion in the future.
Forward Foreign Currency Exchange Contracts. There is no limit on the Funds ability to
invest in foreign currency exchange contracts, as the Fund may invest up to 100% of its assets in
transactions involving securities denominated in foreign currencies. The Fund may hedge up to 100%
of its currency exposure.
The Fund may enter into such contracts on a spot, i.e., cash, basis at the rate then
prevailing in the currency exchange market or on a forward basis, by entering into a forward
contract to purchase or sell currency. A forward contract on foreign currency is an obligation to
purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days agreed
upon by the parties from the date of the contract at a price set on the date of the contract. The
Fund expects to invest in forward currency contracts for hedging or currency risk management
purposes and not in order to speculate on currency exchange rate movements. The Fund will only
enter into forward currency contracts with parties which the Investment Adviser believes to be
creditworthy. To ensure that its forward currency contracts are not used to achieve investment
leverage, the Fund will segregate liquid assets consisting of cash, U.S. Government Securities or
other liquid securities with its custodian, or a designated sub-custodian, in an amount at all
times equal to or exceeding its commitment with respect to the contracts.
Repurchase Agreement Transactions. Repurchase agreements may be seen as loans by the Fund
collateralized by underlying debt securities. Under the terms of a typical repurchase agreement,
the Fund would acquire an underlying debt obligation for a relatively short period (usually not
more than one week) subject to an obligation of the seller to repurchase, and the Fund to resell,
the obligation at an agreed price and time. This arrangement results in a fixed rate of return to
the Fund that is not subject to market fluctuations during the holding period. The Fund bears a
risk of loss in the event that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its
obligations and the Fund is delayed in or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the
collateral securities, including the risk of a possible decline in the value of the underlying
securities during the period in which it seeks to assert these rights. The Investment Adviser,
acting under the supervision of the Board, reviews the creditworthiness of those banks and dealers
with which the Fund enters into repurchase agreements to evaluate these risks and
18
monitors on an ongoing basis the value of the securities subject to repurchase agreements to
ensure that the value is maintained at the required level. The Fund will not enter into repurchase
agreements with the Investment Adviser or any of its affiliates.
Leverage. As provided in the 1940 Act and subject to certain exceptions, the Fund may issue
debt or preferred shares with the condition that immediately after issuance the value of its total
assets, less certain ordinary course liabilities, exceed 300% of the amount of the debt outstanding
and exceed 200% of the sum of the amount of debt and preferred shares outstanding. Any such debt or
preferred shares may be convertible in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission
guidelines, which may permit each fund to obtain leverage at attractive rates.
The concept of leveraging is based on the premise that so long as the cost of the leverage on
the assets to be obtained by the leverage is lower than the return earned by the Fund on these
leveraged assets, the common shareholders will benefit from the incremental return. Should the
differential between the return produced by the underlying assets and the cost of leverage narrow,
the incremental return will be reduced.
Furthermore, if the cost of the leverage on the leveraged assets exceeds the return earned by
the Fund on these leveraged assets, the net asset value of the Fund will be diminished. See Risk
Factors and Special Considerations Leverage Risk.
An issuance of preferred shares may subject the Fund to certain restrictions on investments
imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for any preferred
securities issued by the Fund.
Portfolio Turnover. The Fund will buy and sell securities to accomplish its investment
objective. The investment policies of the Fund may lead to frequent changes in investments,
particularly in periods of rapidly fluctuating interest or currency exchange rates.
Portfolio turnover generally involves some expense to the Fund, including brokerage
commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and
reinvestment in other securities. The portfolio turnover rate is computed by dividing the lesser
of the amount of the securities purchased or securities sold by the average monthly value of
securities owned during the year (excluding securities whose maturities at acquisition were one
year or less). Higher portfolio turnover may decrease the after-tax return to individual investors
in the Fund to the extent it results in a decrease of the long term capital gains portion of
distributions to shareholders.
For
the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, the portfolio turnover
rate of the Fund was 365%.
The Fund anticipates that its portfolio turnover rate will be substantial and may exceed 300%.
The Fund has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk. These
limitations are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a
majority, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the outstanding common shares and preferred shares, if
any, voting together as a single class. See Investment Restrictions in the SAI for a complete
list of the fundamental investment policies of the Fund. Should the Fund issue debt, preferred
shares or other leverage instruments in the future, it may become subject to rating agency
guidelines (if any) that are more limiting than its fundamental investment restrictions in order to
obtain and maintain a desired rating on such leverage.
19
RISK FACTORS AND SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
Investors should consider the following risk factors and special considerations associated
with investing in the Fund.
Special Risks to Holders of Notes
There may not be an established market for our notes. To the extent that our notes trade, they
may trade at a price either higher or lower than their principal amount depending on interest
rates, the rating (if any) on such notes and other factors.
Special Risks to Holders of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares
Illiquidity Prior to Exchange Listing. Prior to the offering of any additional series of
fixed rate preferred shares, there will be no public market for such shares. In the event any
fixed rate preferred shares are issued, prior application will have been made to list such shares
on the NYSE. However, during an initial period, which is not expected to exceed 30 days after the
date of initial issuance, such shares may not be listed on any securities exchange. During such
period, the underwriters may make a market in such shares, though, they will have no obligation to
do so. Consequently, an investment in such shares may be illiquid during such period.
Market Price Fluctuation. Fixed rate preferred shares may trade at a premium to or discount
from liquidation preference for a variety of reasons, including changes in interest rates.
Special Risks for Holders of Variable Rate Preferred Shares
Auction Risk. In the event any auction-rate preferred shares are issued, you may not be able
to sell your auction-rate preferred shares at an auction if the auction fails, i.e., if more
auction-rate preferred shares are offered for sale than there are buyers for those shares. Also,
if the auction is successful, and if you place an order (a hold order) at an auction to retain
auction-rate preferred shares only at a specified rate that exceeds the rate set at the auction,
you will not retain your auction-rate preferred shares. Additionally, if you place a hold order
without specifying a rate below which you would not wish to continue to hold your shares and the
auction sets a below-market rate, you will receive a lower rate of return on your shares than the
market rate. Moreover, the dividend period may be changed, subject to certain conditions and with
notice to the holders of the auction-rate preferred shares, which could also affect the liquidity
of your investment. Since 2008, most auction-rate preferred share auctions have been unable to hold
successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered reduced liquidity.
Secondary Market Risk. In the event any auction-rate preferred shares are issued, if you try
to sell your auction-rate preferred shares between auctions, you may not be able to sell them for
their liquidation preference per share or such amount per share plus accumulated dividends. If the
Fund has designated a special dividend period of more than seven days, changes in interest rates
could affect the price you would receive if you sold your shares in the secondary market.
Broker-dealers that maintain a secondary trading market for the auction-rate preferred shares are
not required to maintain this market, and the Fund is not required to redeem auction-rate preferred
shares if either an auction or an attempted secondary market sale fails because of a lack of
buyers. The auction-rate preferred shares will not be registered on a stock exchange. If you sell
your auction-rate preferred shares to a broker-dealer between auctions, you may receive less than
the price you paid for them, especially when market interest rates have risen since the last
auction or during a special dividend period. Since 2008, most auction-rate preferred share
auctions have been unable to hold successful auctions and holders of such shares have suffered
reduced liquidity.
Special Risks for Holders of Subscription Rights
There is a risk that changes in interest rates or changes in the credit quality of the Fund
may result in the underlying preferred shares purchaseable upon exercise of the subscription rights
being less attractive to investors at the conclusion of the subscription period. This may reduce
or eliminate the value of the subscription rights. Investors who receive subscription rights may
find that there is no market to sell rights they do not wish to exercise. If investors exercise
only a portion of the rights, the number of preferred shares issued may be reduced, and the
preferred shares may trade at less favorable prices than larger offerings for similar securities.
20
Credit Quality Ratings
In order to obtain and maintain attractive credit quality ratings (if any) for preferred
shares or borrowings, the Funds portfolio must satisfy over-collateralization tests established by
the relevant rating agencies. These tests are more difficult to satisfy to the extent the Funds
portfolio securities are of lower credit quality, longer maturity or not diversified by issuer and
industry. These guidelines could affect portfolio decisions and may be more stringent than those
imposed by the 1940 Act. A rating (if any) by a rating agency does not eliminate or necessarily
mitigate the risks of investing in our preferred shares, and a rating may not fully or accurately
reflect all of the securities credit risks. A rating (if any) does not address liquidity or any
other market risks of the securities being rated. A rating agency could downgrade the rating of our
notes, which may make such securities less liquid in the secondary market. If a rating agency
downgrades the rating assigned to notes, we may alter our portfolio or redeem the preferred shares
under certain circumstances.
Common Stock Repurchases
Repurchases of common stock by the Fund may reduce the net asset coverage of the notes and
preferred shares, which could adversely affect their liquidity or market prices.
Special Risks to Preferred Shares from Debt Securities Issuance
As provided in the 1940 Act, and subject to compliance with the Funds investment limitations,
the Fund may issue debt securities. In the event the Fund were to issue such securities, the
Funds obligations to pay dividends or make distributions and, upon liquidation of the Fund,
liquidation payments in respect of its preferred shares would be subordinate to the Funds
obligations to make any principal and interest payments due and owing with respect to its
outstanding senior debt securities. Accordingly, the Funds issuance of debt securities would have
the effect of creating special risks for the Funds preferred shareholders that would not be
present in a capital structure that did not include such securities.
Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions
Restrictions imposed on the declaration and payment of dividends or other distributions to the
holders of the Funds common shares and preferred shares, both by the 1940 Act and by requirements
imposed by rating agencies, might impair the Funds ability to maintain its qualification as a
regulated investment company for U.S. federal income tax purposes. While the Fund intends to
redeem its preferred shares or prepay its notes to the extent necessary to enable the Fund to
distribute its income as required to maintain its qualification as a regulated investment company
under the Code, there can be no assurance that such actions can be effected in time to meet the
Code requirements. See Taxation in the SAI.
Common Share Distribution Policy Risk
The Fund has adopted a policy, which may be changed at any time by the Board, of paying
quarterly distributions on its common shares. In the event the Fund does not generate a total
return from dividends and interest received and net realized capital gains in an amount equal to or
in excess of its distribution in a given year, the Fund may return capital as part of such
distribution, which may have the effect of decreasing the asset coverage per share with respect to
the Funds preferred shares. Any return of capital should not be considered by investors as yield
or total return on their investment in the Fund. For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2009, the
Fund made distributions of $1.28 per common share, all of which constituted a return of capital.
For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, the Fund made distributions of $1.28 per common
share. Based on the distribution allocations of the Fund as of December 31, 2010, the total distributions
paid in 2010 to common shareholders represent approximately 2% from net capital gains and 98% from
paid-in capital. The composition of each distribution is estimated based
on the earnings of the Fund as of the record date for each distribution. The actual composition of
each of the current years distributions will be based on the Funds investment activity through
the end of the calendar year.
Leverage Risk
The use of leverage, which can be described as exposure to changes in price at a ratio greater
than the amount of equity invested, either through the issuance of preferred shares, borrowing or
other forms of market
21
exposure, magnifies both the favorable and unfavorable effects of price movements in the
investments made by the Fund. To the extent the Fund determines to employ leverage in its
investment operations, the Fund will be subject to substantial risks of loss. The Fund cannot
assure that borrowings or the issuance of preferred shares will result in a higher yield or return
to the holders of the common shares.
Preferred Share and Note Risk
The issuance of preferred shares causes the net asset value and market value of the common
shares to become more volatile. If the interest rate on the notes or the dividend rate on the
preferred shares approaches the net rate of return on the Funds investment portfolio, the benefit
of leverage to the holders of the common shares would be reduced. If the interest rate on the
notes or the dividend rate on the preferred shares exceeds the net rate of return on the Funds
portfolio, the leverage will result in a lower rate of return to the holders of common shares than
if the Fund had not issued preferred shares.
Any decline in the net asset value of the Funds investments would be borne entirely by the
holders of common shares. Therefore, if the market value of the Funds portfolio declines, the
leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to the holders of common shares than
if the Fund were not leveraged. This greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a
greater decline in the market price for the common shares. In such a case, the Fund might be in
danger of failing to maintain the required asset coverage of the notes or preferred shares or, in
an extreme case, the Funds current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend
requirements on the preferred shares. In order to counteract such an event, the Fund might need to
liquidate investments in order to fund a redemption of some or all of the preferred shares.
In addition, the Fund would pay (and the holders of common shares will bear) all costs and
expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the preferred shares and notes,
including any additional advisory fees on the incremental assets attributable to such securities.
Holders of notes and preferred shares may have different interests than holders of common
shares and may at times have disproportionate influence over the Funds affairs. In the event the
Fund fails to maintain 100% of asset coverage of any notes outstanding, the holders of the notes
will have the right to elect a majority of the Funds trustees. In addition, holders of preferred
shares, voting separately as a single class, would have the right to elect two members of the Board
at all times and in the event dividends become two full years in arrears would have the right
(subject to the rights of note holders) to elect a majority of the Trustees until such arrearage is
completely eliminated. In addition, preferred shareholders have class voting rights on certain
matters, including changes in fundamental investment restrictions and conversion of the fund to
open-end status, and accordingly can veto any such changes.
Risks of Investing in the Fund
Merger Arbitrage Risk
The Funds investment strategy involves investment techniques and securities holdings that
entail risks, in some cases different from the risks ordinarily associated with investments in
equity securities. The principal risk associated with the Funds arbitrage investments is that
certain of the proposed reorganizations in which the Fund invests may be renegotiated, terminated
or involve a longer time frame than originally contemplated, in which case the Fund may realize
losses. Among the factors that affect the level of risk with respect to the completion of the
transaction are the deal spread and number of bidders, the friendliness of the buyer and seller,
the strategic rationale behind the transaction, the existence of regulatory hurdles, the level of
due diligence completed on the target company and the ability of the buyer to finance the
transaction. If the spread between the purchase price and the current price of the sellers stock
is small, the risk that the transaction will not be completed may outweigh the potential return. If
there is very little interest by other potential buyers in the target company, the risk of loss may
be higher than where there are back-up buyers that would allow the arbitrageur to realize a similar
return if the current deal falls through. Unfriendly management of the target company or change in
friendly management in the middle of a deal increases the risk that the deal will not be completed
even if the target companys board has approved the transaction and may involve the risk of
litigation expense if the target company pursues litigation in an attempt to prevent the deal from
occurring. The underlying strategy behind the deal is also a risk consideration because the less a
target company will benefit from a merger or acquisition, the greater the risk. There is also a
risk that an acquiring
22
company may back out of an announced deal if, in the process of completing
its due diligence of the target company,
it discovers something undesirable about such company. In addition, merger transactions are
also subject to regulatory risk because a merger transaction often must be approved by a regulatory
body or pass governmental antitrust review. All of these factors affect the timing and likelihood
that the transaction will close. Even if the Investment Adviser selects announced deals with the
goal of mitigating the risks that the transaction will fail to close, such risks may still delay
the closing of such transaction to a date later than the Fund originally anticipated, reducing the
level of desired return to the Fund.
In recapitalizations, a corporation may restructure its balance sheet by selling specific
assets, significantly leveraging other assets and creating new classes of equity securities to be
distributed, together with a substantial payment in cash or in debt securities, to existing
shareholders. In connection with such transactions, there is a risk that the value of the cash and
new securities distributed will not be as high as the cost of the Funds original investment or
that no such distribution will ultimately be made and the value of the Funds investment will
decline. To the extent an investment in a company that has undertaken a recapitalization is
retained by the Fund, the Funds risks will generally be comparable to those associated with
investments in highly leveraged companies, generally including higher than average sensitivity to
(i) short-term interest rate fluctuations, (ii) downturns in the general economy or within a
particular industry or (iii) adverse developments within the company itself.
Merger arbitrage positions are also subject to the risk of overall market movements. To the
extent that a general increase or decline in equity values affects the stocks involved in a merger
arbitrage position differently, the position may be exposed to loss.
Finally, merger arbitrage strategies depend for success on the overall volume of global merger
activity, which has historically been cyclical in nature. During periods when merger activity is
low, it may be difficult or impossible to identify opportunities for profit or to identify a
sufficient number of such opportunities to provide balance among potential merger transactions. To
the extent that the number of announced deals and corporate reorganizations decreases or the number
of investors in such transactions increases, it is possible that merger arbitrage spreads will
tighten, causing the profitability of investing in such transactions to diminish, which will in
turn decrease the returns to the Fund from such investment activity.
Special Risks Related to Preferred Shares
There are special risks associated with the Fund investing in preferred shares, including:
Deferral. Preferred shares may include provisions that permit the issuer, at its discretion,
to defer distributions for a stated period without any adverse consequences to the issuer. If the
Fund owns a preferred security on which distributions are being deferred by the issuer, the Fund
may be required to report income for tax purposes although it has not yet received such deferred
distributions.
Non-Cumulative Dividends. Some preferred shares are non-cumulative, meaning that the
dividends do not accumulate and need not ever be paid. A portion of the portfolio may include
investments in non-cumulative preferred shares, whereby the issuer does not have an obligation to
make up any arrearages to its shareholders. Should an issuer of non-cumulative preferred shares
held by the Fund determine not to pay dividends on such shares, the Funds return from those
securities may be adversely affected. There is no assurance that dividends or distributions on
non-cumulative preferred shares in which the Fund invests will be declared or otherwise made
payable.
Subordination. Preferred securities are subordinated to bonds and other debt instruments in a
companys capital structure in terms of priority to corporate income and liquidation payments, and
therefore will be subject to greater credit risk than more senior debt security instruments.
Liquidity. Preferred securities may be substantially less liquid than many other securities,
such as common stocks or U.S. Government securities.
Limited Voting Rights. Generally, preferred security holders (such as the Fund) have no
voting rights with respect to the issuing company unless preferred dividends have been in arrears
for a specified number of periods, at
23
which time the preferred security holders may be entitled to
elect a number of Trustees to the issuers board. Generally, once all the arrearages have been
paid, the preferred security holders no longer have voting rights.
Special Redemption Rights. In certain varying circumstances, an issuer of preferred shares
may redeem the securities prior to a specified date. For instance, for certain types of preferred
shares, a redemption may be triggered by a change in federal income tax or securities laws. As
with call provisions, a redemption by the issuer may negatively impact the return of the security
held by the Fund.
Non-Diversified Status. The Fund is classified as a non-diversified investment company
under the 1940 Act, which means the Fund is not limited by the 1940 Act in the proportion of its
assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. However, the Fund has in the
past conducted and intends to conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment
company, or RIC, for purposes of the Code, which will relieve it of any liability for federal
income tax to the extent its earnings are distributed to shareholders. To qualify as a regulated
investment company, among other requirements, the Fund will limit its investments so that, with
certain exceptions, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year (a) not more than 25% of the
value of its total assets will be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities
or the securities of other RICs) of (i) a single issuer, (ii) any two or more issuers that the Fund
controls and which are determined to be engaged in the same, similar or related trades or
businesses or (iii) one or more qualified publicly traded partnership (as defined under Taxation
of the Fund) and (b) at least 50% of the value of the Funds assets will be represented by cash,
securities of other regulated investment companies, U.S. government securities and other
securities, with such other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to an amount not
greater than 5% of the value of the Funds assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting
securities of such issuer.
As a non-diversified investment company, the Fund may invest in the securities of individual
issuers to a greater degree than a diversified investment company. As a result, the Fund may be
more vulnerable to events affecting a single issuer and therefore, subject to greater volatility
than a fund that is more broadly diversified. Accordingly, an investment in the Fund may present
greater risk to an investor than an investment in a diversified company.
Industry Concentration Risk. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in securities
of a single industry. Should the Fund choose to do so, the net asset value of the Fund will be
more susceptible to factors affecting those particular types of companies, which, depending on the
particular industry, may include, among others: governmental regulation; inflation; cost increases
in raw materials, fuel and other operating expenses; technological innovations that may render
existing products and equipment obsolete; and increasing interest rates resulting in high interest
costs on borrowings needed for capital investment, including costs associated with compliance with
environmental and other regulations. In such circumstances the Funds investments may be subject
to greater risk and market fluctuation than a fund that had securities representing a broader range
of industries.
Foreign Securities Risk. The Fund may invest without limit in the securities of foreign
issuers. Investments in the securities of foreign issuers involve certain considerations and risks
not ordinarily associated with investments in securities of domestic issuers. Foreign companies
are not generally subject to uniform accounting, auditing and financial standards and requirements
comparable to those applicable to U.S. companies. Foreign securities exchanges, brokers and listed
companies may be subject to less government supervision and regulation than exists in the United
States. Dividend and interest income may be subject to withholding and other foreign taxes, which
may adversely affect the net return on such investments. There may be difficulty in obtaining or
enforcing a court judgment abroad. In addition, it may be difficult to effect repatriation of
capital invested in certain countries. In addition, with respect to certain countries, there are
risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, political or social instability or diplomatic
developments that could affect assets of the Fund held in foreign countries. Dividend income the
Fund receives from foreign securities may not be eligible for the special tax treatment applicable
to qualified dividend income.
There may be less publicly available information about a foreign company than a U.S. company.
Foreign securities markets may have substantially less volume than U.S. securities markets and some
foreign company securities are less liquid than securities of otherwise comparable U.S. companies.
A portfolio of foreign securities may also be adversely affected by fluctuations in the rates of
exchange between the currencies of different nations and by exchange control regulations. Foreign
markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures that could cause the Fund to
encounter difficulties in purchasing and selling securities on such markets and may result in
24
the
Fund missing attractive investment opportunities or experiencing loss. In addition, a portfolio
that includes foreign securities can expect to have a higher expense ratio because of the increased
transaction costs on non-U.S. securities markets and the increased costs of maintaining the custody
of foreign securities.
The Fund also may purchase ADRs or U.S. dollar-denominated securities of foreign issuers.
ADRs are receipts issued by U.S. banks or trust companies in respect of securities of foreign
issuers held on deposit for use in the U.S. securities markets. While ADRs may not necessarily be
denominated in the same currency as the securities into which they may be converted, many of the
risks associated with foreign securities may also apply to ADRs. In addition, the underlying
issuers of certain depositary receipts, particularly unsponsored or unregistered depositary
receipts, are under no obligation to distribute shareholder communications to the holders of such
receipts, or to pass through to them any voting rights with respect to the deposited securities.
Lower Grade Securities. The Fund may invest without limit in nonconvertible preferred shares,
convertible bonds or other debt securities rated in the lower rating categories of nationally
recognized statistical rating organizations (i.e., rated Ba or lower by Moodys or BB or lower
by S&P or Fitch) or unrated securities of comparable quality. These high yield securities, also
sometimes referred to as junk bonds, generally pay a premium above the yields of U.S. government
securities or debt securities of investment grade issuers because they are subject to greater risks
than these securities. These risks, which reflect their speculative character, include the
following:
|
|
|
greater volatility; |
|
|
|
|
greater credit risk and risk of default; |
|
|
|
|
potentially greater sensitivity to general economic or industry conditions; |
|
|
|
|
potential lack of attractive resale opportunities (illiquidity); and |
|
|
|
|
additional expenses to seek recovery from issuers who default. |
In addition, the prices of these lower grade securities are more sensitive to negative
developments, such as a decline in the issuers revenues or a general economic downturn, than are
the prices of higher grade securities. Lower grade securities tend to be less liquid than
investment grade securities. The market value of lower grade securities may be more volatile than
the market value of investment grade securities and generally tends to reflect the markets
perception of the creditworthiness of the issuer and short-term market developments to a greater
extent than investment grade securities, which primarily reflect fluctuations in general levels of
interest rates.
Ratings are relative and subjective and not absolute standards of quality. Securities ratings
are based largely on the issuers historical financial condition and the rating agencies analysis
at the time of rating. Consequently, the rating assigned to any particular security is not
necessarily a reflection of the issuers current financial condition.
As a part of its investments in lower grade fixed-income securities, the Fund may invest in
the securities of issuers in default. The Fund will invest in securities of issuers in default
only when the Investment Adviser believes that such issuers will honor their obligations and emerge
from bankruptcy protection and that the value of such issuers securities will appreciate. By
investing in the securities of issuers in default, the Fund bears the risk that these issuers will
not continue to honor their obligations or emerge from bankruptcy protection or that the value of
these securities will not otherwise appreciate.
For a further description of lower grade securities and the risks associated therewith, see
Investment Objective and Policies Certain Investment Practices Lower Grade Securities. For
a description of the ratings categories of certain recognized statistical ratings agencies, see
Appendix A to this prospectus.
Special Risks of Derivative Transactions. Short sales and investments in options, futures and
swaps are often referred to as derivatives transactions. The Fund expects that it will utilize
these types of instruments primarily for hedging and risk management purposes and that its
investments in derivatives and short sales for purposes unrelated to corporate transactions or
reorganizations will not exceed 5% of its total assets. There is no specific limit
25
on the
proportion of its assets that the Fund may use to invest in derivatives and conduct short sales in
connection with its investments in corporate transactions and reorganizations, although the Fund
expects that it will not be required to utilize more than 10% of the assets it has invested in a
particular transaction to hedge its gains in such transaction.
Participation in the options or futures markets and in currency exchange transactions involves
investment risks and transaction costs to which the Fund would not be subject absent the use of
these strategies. If the Investment Advisers prediction of movements in the direction of the
securities, foreign currency and interest rate markets is inaccurate, the consequences to the Fund
may leave the Fund in a worse position than if it had not used such strategies. Risks inherent in
the use of options, foreign currency, futures contracts and options on futures contracts,
securities indices and foreign currencies include:
|
|
|
dependence on the Investment Advisers ability to predict correctly movements in the
direction of interest rates, securities prices and currency markets; |
|
|
|
|
imperfect correlation between the price of options and futures contracts and options
thereon and movements in the prices of the securities or currencies being hedged; |
|
|
|
|
the fact that skills needed to use these strategies are different from those needed
to select portfolio securities; |
|
|
|
|
the possible absence of a liquid secondary market for any particular instrument at
any time; |
|
|
|
|
the possible need to defer closing out certain hedged positions to avoid adverse tax
consequences; |
|
|
|
|
the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a security at a time that
otherwise would be favorable for it to do so, or the possible need for the Fund to sell
a security at a disadvantageous time due to a need for the Fund to maintain cover or
to segregate securities in connection with the hedging techniques; and |
|
|
|
|
the creditworthiness of counterparties. |
Futures Transactions. The Fund may invest without limit in futures contracts. Futures and
options on futures entail certain risks, including but not limited to the following:
|
|
|
no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable
prices; |
|
|
|
|
possible reduction of the return of the Fund due to the use of hedging; |
|
|
|
|
possible reduction in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging
instrument; |
|
|
|
|
possible lack of liquidity due to daily limits or price fluctuations; |
|
|
|
|
imperfect correlation between the contracts and the securities being hedged; and |
|
|
|
|
losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially unlimited and the
segregation requirements for such transactions. |
Forward Currency Exchange Contracts. There is no limit on the Funds ability to invest in
foreign currency exchange contracts. The use of forward currency contracts may involve certain
risks, including the failure of the counterparty to perform its obligations under the contract and
that the use of forward contracts may not serve as a complete hedge because of an imperfect
correlation between movements in the prices of the contracts and the prices of the currencies
hedged or used for cover.
Counterparty Risk. The Fund will be subject to credit risk with respect to the counterparties
to the derivative contracts purchased by the Fund. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise
fails to perform its obligations under a derivative contract due to financial difficulties, the
Fund may experience significant delays in
26
obtaining any recovery under the derivative contract in
bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may
obtain no recovery in such circumstances.
Swaps. The Fund may enter into one or more swap transactions to attempt to protect itself
from increasing distribution or interest expenses resulting from rising short-term interest rates
or any outstanding leverage. A decline
in interest rates may result in a decline in the value of the swaps which may result in a
decline in the net asset value of the Fund. A sudden and dramatic decline in interest rates may
result in a significant decline in the net asset value of the Fund. Swaps and certain other
derivatives are a relatively recent development in the financial markets. Consequently, there are
certain legal, tax and market uncertainties that present risks in entering into such swaps and
other derivatives. There is currently little or no case law or litigation characterizing swaps or
certain other derivatives, interpreting their provisions, or characterizing their tax treatment. In
addition, additional regulations and laws may apply to swaps or other derivatives that have not
heretofore been applied. Pending clarification of these uncertainties, the Fund intends to utilize
these instruments primarily for hedging and risk management purposes.
For a further description of such derivative investments, see Investment Objective and
Policies Additional Investment Policies in the SAI.
Management Risk. The Fund is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed
portfolio. The Investment Adviser will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making
investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the
desired results.
Dependence on Key Personnel. The Investment Adviser is dependent upon the expertise of Mr.
Mario J. Gabelli in providing advisory services with respect to the Funds investments. If the
Investment Adviser were to lose the services of Mr. Gabelli, its ability to service the Fund could
be adversely affected. There can be no assurance that a suitable replacement could be found for
Mr. Gabelli in the event of his death, resignation, retirement or inability to act on behalf of the
Investment Adviser.
Anti-Takeover Provisions. The Funds Governing Documents include provisions that could limit
the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to an
open-end fund. See Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Funds Governing Documents.
Status as a Regulated Investment Company. The Fund has elected and has qualified, and intends
to remain qualified, for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a regulated investment company under
Subchapter M of the Code. Qualification requires, among other things, compliance by the Fund with
certain distribution requirements. Statutory limitations on distributions on the common shares if
the Fund fails to satisfy the 1940 Acts asset coverage requirements could jeopardize the Funds
ability to meet such distribution requirements. The Fund presently intends, however, to purchase
or redeem preferred shares to the extent necessary in order to maintain compliance with such asset
coverage requirements. See Taxation for a more complete discussion of these and other U.S.
federal income tax considerations.
27
HOW THE FUND MANAGES RISK
Investment Restrictions
The Fund has adopted certain investment limitations, some of which are fundamental policies of
the Fund, designed to limit investment risk and maintain portfolio diversification. Under the 1940
Act, a fundamental policy may not be changed without the vote of a majority, as defined in the 1940
Act, of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund (voting together as a single class). In
addition, pursuant to the Statement of Preferences of each of the series of preferred shares, a
majority, as defined in the 1940 Act, of the outstanding preferred shares of the Fund (voting
separately as a single class) is also required to change a fundamental policy. The Fund may become
subject to guidelines that are more limiting than its current investment restrictions if it decides
to obtain and maintain ratings from Moodys and S&P on its preferred shares.
Interest Rate Transactions
The use of interest rate swaps and caps is a highly specialized activity that involves
investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security
transactions. In an interest rate swap, the Fund would agree to pay to the other party to the
interest rate swap (which is known as the counterparty) periodically a fixed rate payment in
exchange for the counterparty agreeing to pay to the Fund periodically a variable rate payment that
is intended to approximate the Funds variable rate payment obligation on a series of the variable
rate preferred shares. In an interest rate cap, the Fund would pay a premium to the counterparty
to the interest rate cap and, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a
predetermined fixed rate, would receive from the counterparty payments of the difference based on
the notional amount of such cap. Interest rate swap and cap transactions introduce additional risk
because the Fund would remain obligated to pay preferred share dividends or distributions when due
in accordance with the Statement of Preferences of the relevant series of the variable rate
preferred shares even if the counterparty defaulted. Depending on the general state of short-term
interest rates and the returns on the Funds portfolio securities at that point in time, such a
default could negatively affect the Funds ability to make dividend or distribution payments on the
variable rate preferred shares. In addition, at the time an interest rate swap or cap transaction
reaches its scheduled termination date, there is a risk that the Fund will not be able to obtain a
replacement transaction or that the terms of the replacement will not be as favorable as on the
expiring transaction. If this occurs, it could have a negative impact on the Funds ability to
make dividend or distribution payments on the variable rate preferred shares. To the extent there
is a decline in interest rates, the value of the interest rate swap or cap could decline, resulting
in a decline in the asset coverage for the variable rate preferred shares. A sudden and dramatic
decline in interest rates may result in a significant decline in the asset coverage. Under the
Statement of Preferences for each series of the preferred shares, if the Fund fails to maintain the
required asset coverage on the outstanding preferred shares or fails to comply with other
covenants, the Fund may, at its option (and in certain circumstances will be required to),
mandatorily redeem some or all of these shares. The Fund generally may redeem the auction-rate
preferred shares, in whole or in part, at its option at any time (usually on a dividend or
distribution payment date), other than during a non-call period. Such redemption would likely
result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap or cap
transaction. Early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by the Fund to the
counterparty, while early termination of a cap could result in a termination payment to the Fund.
The Fund will usually enter into swaps or caps on a net basis; that is, the two payment
streams will be netted out in a cash settlement on the payment date or dates specified in the
instrument, with the Fund receiving or paying, as the case may be, only the net amount of the two
payments. The Fund intends to segregate cash or liquid securities having a value at least equal to
the value of the Funds net payment obligations under any swap transaction, marked to market
daily. The Fund does not presently intend to enter into interest rate swap or cap transactions
relating to any auction-rate preferred shares in a notional amount in excess of the outstanding
amount of the auction-rate preferred shares. The Fund will monitor any such swap with a view to
ensuring that the Fund remains in compliance with all applicable regulatory investment policy and
tax requirements.
28
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
General
The Funds Board (who, with the Funds officers, are described in the SAI) has overall
responsibility for the management of the Fund. The Board decides upon matters of general policy
and reviews the actions of the Investment Adviser, Gabelli Funds, LLC, and the Sub-Administrator
(as defined below). Pursuant to an investment advisory agreement with the Fund, the Investment
Adviser, under the supervision of the Funds Board, provides a continuous investment program for
the Funds portfolio; provides investment research and makes and executes recommendations for the
purchase and sale of securities; and provides all facilities and personnel, including officers
required for its administrative management and pays the compensation of all officers and trustees
of the Fund who are its affiliates.
The Investment Adviser
Gabelli Funds, LLC serves as the Funds Investment Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory
Agreement with the Fund. The Investment Adviser is a New York limited liability company with
principal offices located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422 and is registered under
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act). The Investment Adviser was organized in
1999 and is the successor to Gabelli Funds, Inc., which was organized in 1980. As of December 31,
2010, the Investment Adviser acts as registered investment adviser to 25 management investment
companies with aggregate net assets of $18.3 billion. The Investment Adviser, together with the
other affiliated investment advisers noted below had assets under management totaling approximately
$33.3 billion as of December 31, 2010. GAMCO Asset Management Inc., an affiliate of the Investment
Adviser, acts as investment adviser for individuals, pension trusts, profit sharing trusts and
endowments, and as a sub-adviser to management investment companies having aggregate assets of
$13.7 billion under management as of December 31, 2010. Gabelli Securities, Inc., an affiliate of
the Investment Adviser, acts as investment adviser for investment partnerships and entities having
aggregate assets of approximately $515 million as of December 31, 2010. Teton Advisors, Inc., an
affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment manager to the GAMCO Westwood Funds and
separately managed accounts having aggregate assets of approximately $819 million under management
as of December 31, 2010.
The Investment Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GAMCO Investors, Inc., a New York
corporation, whose Class A Common Stock is traded on the NYSE under the symbol GBL. Mr. Mario J.
Gabelli is a controlling person of the Investment Adviser on the basis of his indirect ownership of a
majority of the stock of GGCP, Inc., which owns a majority of the capital stock of GAMCO Investors,
Inc.
Fees of the Investment Adviser
Gabelli Funds, LLC serves as the Funds investment adviser at an annual base rate of 0.50% of
the Funds average weekly managed assets payable monthly in arrears. Managed assets consist of all
of the assets of the Fund without deduction for borrowings, repurchase transactions and other
leveraging techniques, the liquidation value of any outstanding preferred shares or other
liabilities except for certain ordinary course expenses. In addition, the Investment Adviser will
be entitled to receive an annual performance fee as of the end of each calendar year if the total
return of the Fund on its common shares during the calendar year in question exceeds the total
return of the T-Bill Index compounded quarterly on the same dates as the Funds quarterly
ex-dividend dates (or at the end of the quarter if no dividend is paid) during the same period. If
the Funds total return for the calendar year equals the total return of the T-Bill Index for the
same period plus 3.0 percentage points (300 basis points), the Investment Adviser will receive a
performance fee of 0.75% of the Funds average weekly managed assets during the period. This
performance fee will be increased by 0.01 percentage point (one basis point) for each 0.04
percentage points (four basis points) by which the Funds total return during the period exceeds
the T-Bill Index total return plus 3.0 percentage points (300 basis points), up to a maximum
performance fee of 1.50% if the excess performance over the T-Bill Index is 6.0 percentage points
(600 basis points) or greater and will be decreased at the same rate for the amount by which the
Funds total return during the period is less than the T-Bill Index total return plus 3.0
percentage points (300 basis points), until no performance fee is payable if the Funds total
return is less than or equal to the T-Bill Index total return.
For purposes of calculating the Funds performance fee, the Funds total return will be
calculated as the sum of the Funds change in net asset value per common share from January 1 (or
the date of the Funds commencement
29
of investment operations, in the case of the Funds first year of investment operations),
through December 31 of each year plus the amount of distributions per common share in respect of
such period (calculating the number of shares outstanding on a daily average weighted basis
assuming reinvestment of such distributions at net asset value per share on the ex-dividend date
and assuming solely for purposes of the Funds performance fee that all issuances and repurchases
of shares are at net asset value). Increases and decreases in the investment management fee will be
accrued as often as net asset value per common share is calculated and accordingly will affect the
total return on which the rate of the fee is determined.
For purposes of calculating the Funds performance fee, the T-Bill Indexs total return will
be calculated as the sum of the change in the discount price of the three month Treasury bill from
the first business day after January 1 of each year (or the date of the Funds commencement of
investment operations, in the case of the Funds first year of investment operations) to the last
business day of each year plus the weekly yield to maturity interest payments thereon implied by
the discount price thereof and compounded quarterly on the same dates as the Funds quarterly
ex-dividend dates (or at the end of the quarter if no dividend is paid).
The following chart illustrates the variability of the Funds investment management fees in
various circumstances.
The GDL Fund
Total Investment Advisory Fee Rate
(as a percentage of average weekly managed assets)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
T-Bill Index |
|
The Funds Total Return |
|
Total Return |
|
0% or less |
|
|
1% |
|
|
2% |
|
|
3% |
|
|
4% |
|
|
5% |
|
|
6% |
|
|
7% |
|
|
8% |
|
|
9% |
|
|
10% |
|
|
11% |
|
|
12% |
|
|
13% |
|
|
14% |
|
2% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
3% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
4% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
5% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
6% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
7% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
8% |
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.50 |
|
|
|
0.75 |
|
|
|
1.00 |
|
|
|
1.25 |
|
|
|
1.50 |
|
|
|
1.75 |
|
|
|
2.00 |
|
A discussion regarding the basis for the Funds Board approval of the investment advisory
agreement with the Investment Adviser is available in the Funds annual report for the year ended
December 31, 2010.
Payment of Expenses
The Investment Adviser is obligated to pay expenses associated with providing the services
contemplated by the Advisory Agreement, including compensation of and office space for its officers
and employees connected with investment and economic research, trading and investment management
and administration of the Fund (but excluding costs associated with the calculation of the net
asset value and allocated costs of the chief compliance officer function and officers of the Fund
that are employed by the Fund and are not employed by the Investment Adviser although such officers
may receive incentive-based variable compensation from affiliates of the Investment Adviser), as
well as the fees of all Trustees of the Fund who are officers or employees of the Investment
Adviser or its affiliates.
In addition to the fees of the Investment Adviser, the Fund is responsible for the payment of
all its other expenses incurred in the operation of the Fund, which include, among other things,
expenses for legal and the Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms services, stock exchange
listing fees, costs of printing proxies, share certificates and shareholder reports, charges of the
Funds custodian, charges of the transfer agent and distribution disbursing agent, SEC fees, fees
and expenses of Trustees who are not officers or employees of the Investment Adviser or its
affiliates, accounting and printing costs, the Funds pro rata portion of membership fees in trade
organizations, the Funds pro rata portion of the Chief Compliance Officers compensation, fidelity
bond coverage for the Funds officers and employees, Trustees and officers liability policy,
interest, brokerage costs, taxes, expenses of qualifying the Fund for sale in various states,
expenses of personnel performing shareholder servicing functions, litigation and other
extraordinary or non-recurring expenses and other expenses properly payable by the Fund.
30
Selection of Securities Brokers
The Advisory Agreement contains provisions relating to the selection of securities brokers to
effect the portfolio transactions of the Fund. Under those provisions, the Investment Adviser may
(i) direct Fund portfolio brokerage to Gabelli & Company, Inc. or other broker-dealer affiliates of
the Investment Adviser and (ii) pay commissions to brokers other than Gabelli & Company, Inc. that
are higher than might be charged by another qualified broker to obtain brokerage and/or research
services considered by the Investment Adviser to be useful or desirable for its investment
management of the Fund and/or its other advisory accounts or those of any investment adviser
affiliated with it. The SAI contains further information about the Advisory Agreement, including a
more complete description of the advisory and expense arrangements, exculpatory and brokerage
provisions, and information on the brokerage practices of the Fund. The Fund expects that a
substantial portion of its portfolio transactions may be executed through Gabelli & Company so long
as the Investment Adviser and the Board conclude that Gabelli & Company is able to provide best
execution at a favorable cost.
Portfolio Management
Mr. Mario J. Gabelli, CFA, is primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund.
Mr. Gabelli has served as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GAMCO Investors, Inc. and its
predecessors since 1976. Mr. Gabelli is the Chief Investment OfficerValue Products for the
Investment Adviser and GAMCO Asset Management Inc. Mr. Gabelli serves as Portfolio Manager for
several funds in the Gabelli fund family and is a director of most of the funds in the family. Mr.
Gabelli is also the Chief Executive Officer and a director of GGCP, Inc., a private company owning
the majority of the shares of GAMCO Investors, Inc.
The SAI provides additional information about the Portfolio Managers compensation, other
accounts managed by the Portfolio Manager, and the Portfolio Managers ownership of securities of
the Fund.
Non-Resident Trustees
Mario dUrso, trustee of the Fund, resides outside the U.S. and all or a significant portion
of his assets are located outside the U.S. Mr. dUrso does not have an authorized agent in the
U.S. to receive service of process. As a result, it may not be possible for investors to effect
service of process within the U.S. or to enforce against Mr. dUrso in U.S. courts judgments
predicated upon civil liability provisions of U.S. securities laws. It may also not be possible to
enforce against Mr. dUrso in foreign courts judgments of U.S. courts or liabilities in original
actions predicated upon civil liability provisions of the U.S.
Sub-Administrator
The Investment Adviser has entered into a sub-administration agreement with BNY Mellon
Investment Servicing (US) Inc. (the Sub-Administrator) pursuant to which the Sub-Administrator
provides certain administrative services necessary for the Funds operations that do not include
the investment and portfolio management services provided by the Investment Adviser. For these
services and the related expenses borne by the Sub-Administrator, the Investment Adviser pays a
prorated monthly fee at the annual rate of 0.0275% of the first $10 billion of the aggregate
average net assets of the Fund and all other funds advised by the Investment Adviser and Teton
Advisors, Inc. and administered by the Sub-Administrator, 0.0125% of the aggregate average net
assets exceeding $10 billion and 0.01% of the aggregate average net assets in excess of $15
billion. The Sub-Administrator has its principal office at 760 Moore Road, King of Prussia,
Pennsylvania 19406.
Regulatory Matters
The Fund has received the following information from the Investment Adviser:
On April 24, 2008, the Investment Adviser entered into a settlement with the SEC to resolve an
inquiry regarding prior frequent trading activity in shares of the GAMCO Global Growth Fund (the
Global Growth Fund) by one investor who was banned from the Global Growth Fund in August 2002. In
the administrative settlement order, the SEC found that the Investment Adviser had willfully
violated Section 206(2) of the Advisers Act Section 17(d) of the 1940 Act and Rule 17d-1
thereunder, and had willfully aided and abetted and caused violations of Section 12(d)(1)(B)(i) of
the 1940 Act. Under the terms of the settlement, the Investment Adviser, while neither admitting
nor denying the
31
SECs findings and allegations, paid $16 million (which included a $5 million civil
monetary penalty), approximately $12.8 million of which is in the process of being paid to
shareholders of the Global Growth Fund in accordance with a plan developed by an independent
distribution consultant and approved by the independent directors of the Global Growth Fund and
acceptable to the staff of the SEC, and agreed to cease and desist from future violations of the
above-referenced federal securities laws and rule. The SEC order also noted the cooperation that
the Investment Adviser had given the staff of the SEC during its inquiry. The settlement did not
have a material adverse impact on the Investment Adviser. On the same day, the SEC filed a civil
action against the Executive Vice President and Chief Operating Officer of the Investment Adviser,
alleging violations of certain federal securities laws arising from the same matter. The officer is
also an officer of the Fund, the Global Growth Fund and other funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO fund
complex. The officer denied the allegations and is continuing in his positions with the Investment
Adviser and the funds. The court dismissed certain claims and found that the SEC was not entitled
to pursue various remedies against the officer while leaving one remedy in the event the SEC were
able to prove violations of law. The court subsequently dismissed without prejudice the remaining
remedy against the officer, which would allow the SEC to appeal the courts rulings. On October 29,
2010, the SEC filed its appeal with the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit regarding the
lower courts orders. The Investment Adviser currently expects that any resolution of the action
against the officer will not have a material adverse impact on the Investment Adviser or its
ability to fulfill its obligations under the Investment Advisory Agreement.
32
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
Principal transactions are not entered into with affiliates of the Fund. However, Gabelli &
Company, Inc., an affiliate of the Investment Adviser, may execute portfolio transactions on stock
exchanges and in the over-the-counter markets on an agency basis and receive a stated commission
therefore. For a more detailed discussion of the Funds brokerage allocation practices, see
Portfolio Transactions in the SAI.
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net capital gain each year, but may
determine to retain all or part of any net capital gain for reinvestment. In such event, the Fund
will pay federal income tax on such retained gain and the Funds shareholders will receive a
corresponding tax credit and increase in the basis of their shares. In the event that the Funds
net investment company taxable income and net capital gains exceed the total of the Funds
quarterly distributions on common shares and the amount of distributions on any preferred shares
issued by the Fund, the Fund intends to pay such excess once a year. If, for any calendar year, the
total quarterly distributions on common shares and the amount of distributions on any preferred
shares issued by the Fund exceed net investment company taxable income and net capital gain, the
excess will generally be treated as a tax free return of capital up to the amount of a
shareholders tax basis in the common shares. Any distributions which (based upon the Funds full
year performance) constitute tax free return of capital will reduce a shareholders tax basis in
the common shares, thereby increasing such shareholders potential gain or reducing his or her
potential loss on the sale of the common shares. Any amounts distributed to a shareholder in excess
of the basis in the common shares will generally be taxable to the shareholder as capital gain. See
Taxation. Quarterly distribution notices provided by the Fund to its shareholders will describe
the portion of the quarterly distribution which, in the Funds current good faith judgment,
constitutes investment company taxable income, capital gain, or a return of capital. The final
determination of the source of such distributions for federal income tax purposes will be made
shortly after year end based on the Funds actual net investment company taxable income and net
capital gain for the year and will be communicated to shareholders promptly.
In the event the Fund distributes amounts in excess of its current and accumulated earnings
and profits, such distributions will decrease the Funds total assets and, therefore, have the
likely effect of increasing the Funds expense ratio as the Funds fixed expenses will become a
larger percentage of the Funds average net assets. In addition, in order to make such
distributions, the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when it is
disadvantageous to do so.
The Fund, along with other closed-end registered investment companies advised by the
Investment Adviser, is covered by an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1
thereunder permitting the Fund to make periodic distributions of long-term capital gains provided
that any distribution policy of the Fund with respect to its common shares calls for periodic
(e.g., quarterly or semi-annually, but in no event more frequently than monthly) distributions in
an amount equal to a fixed percentage of the Funds average net asset value over a specified period
of time or market price per common share at or about the time of distribution or payment of a fixed
dollar amount. The Funds current policy is to make quarterly distributions to holders of its
common shares. The exemption also permits the Fund to make such distributions with respect to its
preferred shares, if any, in accordance with such shares terms.
33
AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT AND VOLUNTARY CASH PURCHASE PLAN
Under the Funds Automatic Dividend Reinvestment and Voluntary Cash Purchase Plan (the
Plan), a shareholder whose common shares are registered in his or her own name will have all
distributions reinvested automatically by the transfer agent, which is agent under the Plan, unless
the shareholder elects to receive cash. Distributions with respect to shares registered in the
name of a broker-dealer or other nominee (that is, in street name) will be reinvested by the
broker or nominee in additional shares under the Plan, unless the service is not provided by the
broker or nominee or the shareholder elects to receive distributions in cash. Investors who own
common shares registered in street name should consult their broker-dealers for details regarding
reinvestment. All distributions to investors who do not participate in the Plan will be paid by
check mailed directly to the record holder by the transfer agent as dividend disbursing agent.
Under the Plan, whenever the market price of the common shares is equal to or exceeds net
asset value at the time shares are valued for purposes of determining the number of shares
equivalent to the cash dividend or capital gains distribution, participants in the Plan are issued
common shares, valued at the greater of (i) the net asset value as most recently determined or (ii)
95% of the then-current market price of the common shares. The valuation date is the dividend or
distribution payment date or, if that date is not a New York Stock Exchange trading day, the next
preceding trading day. If the net asset value of the common shares at the time of valuation
exceeds the market price of the common shares, participants will receive shares from the Fund,
valued at market price. If the Fund should declare a dividend or capital gains distribution
payable only in cash, the Plan agent will buy the common shares for such Plan in the open market,
on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere, for the participants accounts, except that the Plan
agent will endeavor to terminate purchases in the open market and cause the Fund to issue shares at
the greater of net asset value or 95% of market value if, following the commencement of such
purchases, the market value of the common shares exceeds net asset value.
Participants in the Plan have the option of making additional cash payments to the Plan agent,
monthly, for investment in the shares as applicable. Such payments may be made in any amount from
$250 to $10,000. The Plan agent will use all funds received from participants to purchase shares
of the Fund in the open market on or about the 15th of each month. The Plan agent will charge each
shareholder who participates $1.00, plus a pro rata share of the brokerage commissions. Brokerage
charges for such purchases are expected to be less than the usual brokerage charge for such
transactions. It is suggested that participants send voluntary cash payments to the Plan agent in
a manner that ensures that the Plan agent will receive these payments approximately 10 days before
the 15th of the month. A participant may without charge withdraw a voluntary cash payment by
written notice, if the notice is received by the Plan agent at least 48 hours before such payment
is to be invested.
The Plan agent maintains all shareholder accounts in the Plan and furnishes written
confirmations of all transactions in the account, including information needed by shareholders for
personal and tax records. Shares in the account of each Plan participant will be held by the Plan
agent in noncertificated form in the name of the participant. A Plan participant may send its
share certificates to the Plan agent so that the shares represented by such certificates will be
held by the Plan agent in the participants shareholder account under the Plan.
In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees, which hold shares for others
who are the beneficial owners, the Plan agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number
of shares certified from time to time by the shareholder as representing the total amount
registered in the shareholders name and held for the account of beneficial owners who participate
in the Plan.
Experience under the Plan may indicate that changes are desirable. Accordingly, the Fund
reserves the right to amend or terminate its Plan as applied to any voluntary cash payments made
and any dividend or distribution paid subsequent to written notice of the change sent to the
members of such Plan at least 90 days before the record date for such dividend or
distribution. The Plan also may be amended or terminated by the Plan agent on at least 90 days
written notice to the participants in such Plan. See Taxation for details on the tax
consequences to shareholders of automatic dividend reinvestment. All correspondence concerning the
Plan should be directed to the transfer agent.
34
DESCRIPTION OF THE SECURITIES
The following is a brief description of the terms of the Funds shares, notes and subscription
rights. This description does not purport to be complete and is qualified by reference to the
Funds Agreement and Declaration of Trust and its By-Laws. For complete terms of the shares,
please refer to the actual terms of such series, which are set forth in the Agreement and
Declaration of Trust. For complete terms of the notes, please refer to the actual terms of such
notes, which will be set forth in an Indenture relating to such notes (the Indenture.) For
complete terms of the subscription rights, please refer to the actual terms of such subscription
rights which will be set forth in subscription rights agreement relating to such subscription
rights (the Subscription Rights Agreement).
Common Shares
The Fund is an unincorporated statutory trust organized under the laws of Delaware pursuant to
a Certificate of Trust dated as of October 17, 2006. The Fund is authorized to issue an unlimited
number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.001 per share. Each common share has
one vote and, when issued and paid for in accordance with the terms of this offering, will be fully
paid and non-assessable. Though the Fund expects to pay distributions quarterly on the common
shares, it is not obligated to do so. All common shares are equal as to distributions, assets and
voting privileges and have no conversion, preemptive or other subscription rights. The Fund will
send annual and semi-annual reports, including financial statements, to all holders of its shares.
Offerings of shares require approval by the Funds Board. Any additional offering of common
shares will be subject to the requirements of the 1940 Act, which provides that common shares may
not be issued at a price below the then current net asset value, exclusive of sales load, except in
connection with an offering to existing holders of common shares or with the consent of a majority
of the Funds outstanding voting securities.
The Funds common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol GDL.
The Funds net asset value per share will be reduced immediately following the offering of
common shares by the amount of the offering expenses paid by the Fund. See Use of Proceeds.
Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not continuously offer shares and do not
provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional common shares or
sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading through a broker on the NYSE or
otherwise.
Shares of closed-end investment companies often trade on an exchange at prices lower than net
asset value. Because the market value of the common shares may be influenced by such factors as
dividend and distribution levels (which are in turn affected by expenses), dividend and
distribution stability, net asset value, market liquidity, relative demand for and supply of such
shares in the market, unrealized gains, general market and economic conditions and other factors
beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot assure you that common shares will trade at a price
equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The common shares are designed primarily
for long-term investors and you should not purchase the common shares if you intend to sell them
soon after purchase.
The Funds common shareholders will vote as a single class to elect the Funds Board and on
additional matters with respect to which the 1940 Act, the Funds Declaration of Trust, By-Laws or
resolutions adopted by the Trustees provide for a vote of the Funds common shareholders. See
Anti-Takeover Provisions of the Funds Governing Documents.
Book Entry
The Fund will treat Cede & Co. as the holder of record of the common shares for all
purposes. In accordance with the procedures of DTC, however, purchasers of common shares will be
deemed the beneficial owners of shares purchased for purposes of distributions, voting and
liquidation rights. Purchasers of common shares may obtain registered certificates by contacting
the transfer agent.
35
Preferred Shares
Currently, an unlimited number of the Funds shares have been classified by the Board as
preferred shares, par value $0.001 per share. The terms of such preferred shares may be fixed by
the Board and would materially limit and/or qualify the rights of the holders of the Funds common
shares.
If the Fund issues preferred shares, it will pay dividends to the holders of the preferred
shares at either a fixed rate or a rate that will be reset, as described in a Prospectus Supplement
accompanying each preferred share offering.
Upon a liquidation, each holder of the preferred shares will be entitled to receive out of the
assets of the Fund available for distribution to shareholders (after payment of claims of the
Funds creditors but before any distributions with respect to the Funds common shares or any other
shares of the Fund ranking junior to the preferred shares as to liquidation payments) an amount per
share equal to such shares liquidation preference plus any accumulated but unpaid distributions
(whether or not earned or declared, excluding interest thereon) to the date of distribution, and
such shareholders shall be entitled to no further participation in any distribution or payment in
connection with such liquidation. Each series of the preferred shares will rank on a parity with
any other series of preferred shares of the Fund as to the payment of distributions and the
distribution of assets upon liquidation, and will be junior to the Funds obligations with respect
to any outstanding senior securities representing debt. The preferred shares carry one vote per
share on all matters on which such shares are entitled to vote. The preferred shares will, upon
issuance, be fully paid and nonassessable and will have no preemptive, exchange or conversion
rights. The Board may by resolution classify or reclassify any authorized but unissued capital
shares of the Fund from time to time by setting or changing the preferences, conversion or other
rights, voting powers, restrictions, limitations as to distributions or terms or conditions of
redemption. The Fund will not issue any class of shares senior to the preferred shares.
Asset Maintenance Requirements. The Fund must satisfy asset maintenance requirements under
the 1940 Act with respect to its preferred shares. Under the 1940 Act, such debt or preferred
shares may be issued only if immediately after such issuance the value of the Funds total assets
(less ordinary course liabilities) is at least 300% of the amount of any debt outstanding and at
least 200% of the amount of any preferred shares and debt outstanding.
The Fund will be required under the preferred shares Statement of Preferences (the Statement
of Preferences) to determine whether it has, as of the last business day of each March, June,
September and December of each year, an asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) of at least
200% (or such higher or lower percentage as may be required at the time under the 1940 Act) with
respect to all outstanding senior securities of the Fund that are debt or stock, including any
outstanding preferred shares. If the Fund fails to maintain the asset coverage required under the
1940 Act on such dates and such failure is not cured within 60 calendar days, the Fund may, and in
certain circumstances will be required to, mandatorily redeem the number of preferred shares
sufficient to satisfy such asset coverage. See Redemption below.
Distributions. In connection with the offering of one or more series of preferred shares, an
accompanying Prospectus Supplement will specify whether dividends on such preferred shares will be
based on a fixed or variable rate. If such Prospectus Supplement specifies that dividends will be
paid at a rate that is either fixed or infrequently reset (Fixed Rate Preferred Shares), holders
of such preferred shares will be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board, out of
funds legally available therefor, cumulative cash distributions, at an annual rate or pursuant to a
given formula set forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, payable with such frequency as set
forth in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. Such distributions will accumulate from the date on
which such shares are issued.
In the alternative, the Prospectus Supplement may state that the holders of one or more series
of the preferred shares are entitled to receive cash distributions at annual rates stated as a
percentage of liquidation preference, that will vary from dividend period to dividend period
(Variable Rate Preferred Shares). The liquidation preference per share and the dividend rate for
the initial dividend period for any such series of preferred shares will be the rate set out in the
Prospectus Supplement for such series. For subsequent dividend periods, each such series of
preferred shares will pay distributions based on a rate set at an auction, normally held weekly,
but not in excess of a maximum rate. Dividend periods generally will be seven days, and the
dividend periods generally will begin on the first business day after an auction. In most
instances, distributions are also paid weekly, on the business
36
day following the end of the dividend period. The Fund, subject to some limitations, may
change the length of the dividend periods, designating them as special dividend periods, as
described below under Designation of Special Dividend Periods.
Distribution Payments. Except as described below, the dividend payment date for a series of
Variable Rate Preferred Shares will be the first business day after the dividend period ends. The
dividend payment dates for special dividend periods of more (or less) than seven days will be set
out in the notice designating a special dividend period. See Designation of Special Dividend
Periods for a discussion of payment dates for a special dividend period.
If a dividend payment date for a series of Variable Rate Preferred Shares is not a business
day because the NYSE is closed for business for more than three consecutive business days due to an
act of God, natural disaster, act of war, civil or military disturbance, act of terrorism,
sabotage, riots or a loss or malfunction of utilities or communications services, or the dividend
payable on such date can not be paid for any such reason, then:
|
|
|
the dividend payment date for the affected dividend period will be the next business
day on which the Fund and its paying agent, if any, are able to cause the distributions
to be paid using their reasonable best efforts; |
|
|
|
|
the affected dividend period will end on the day it would have ended had such event
not occurred and the dividend payment date had remained the scheduled date; and |
|
|
|
|
the next dividend period will begin and end on the dates on which it would have
begun and ended had such event not occurred and the dividend payment date remained the
scheduled date. |
Determination of Dividend Rates. The Fund computes the distributions per share for a series
of Variable Rate Preferred Shares by multiplying the applicable rate determined at the auction by a
fraction, the numerator of which normally is the number of days in such dividend period and the
denominator of which is 360. This applicable rate is then multiplied by the liquidation preference
per share of such series to arrive at the distribution per share.
Maximum Rate. The dividend rate for a series of Variable Rate Preferred Shares that results
from an auction for such shares will not be greater than the applicable maximum rate. The maximum
rate for any standard dividend period will be the greater of the applicable percentage of the
reference rate or the reference rate plus the applicable spread. The reference rate will be the
applicable LIBOR Rate (as defined below) for a dividend period of fewer than 365 days or the
Treasury Index Rate (as defined below) for a dividend period of 365 days or more. The applicable
percentage and the applicable spread will be determined based on the lower of the credit ratings
assigned to such series of preferred shares by Moodys and S&P on the auction date for such period
(as set forth in the table below). If Moodys and/or S&P do not make such rating available, the
rate will be determined by reference to equivalent ratings issued by a substitute rating agency. In
the case of a special dividend period, (1) the Fund will communicate the maximum applicable rate in
a notice of special rate period for such dividend payment period, (2) the applicable percentage and
applicable spread will be determined on the date two business days before the first day of such
special dividend period and (3) the reference rate will be the applicable LIBOR Rate for a dividend
period of fewer than 365 days or the Treasury Index Rate for a dividend period of 365 days or more.
The LIBOR Rate, as described in greater detail in the Statement of Preferences, is the
applicable London Inter-Bank Offered Rate for deposits in U.S. dollars for the period most closely
approximating the applicable dividend period for the preferred shares.
The Treasury Index Rate, as described in greater detail in the Statement of Preferences, is
the average yield to maturity for certain U.S. Treasury securities having substantially the same
length to maturity as the applicable dividend period for the preferred shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Ratings |
|
|
|
|
Moodys |
|
S&P |
|
Applicable Percentage |
|
Applicable Spread |
Aaa |
|
AAA |
|
150% |
|
1.50 percentage points |
Aa3 to Aa1 |
|
AA to AA+ |
|
250% |
|
2.50 percentage points |
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Ratings |
|
|
Applicable Percentage |
|
|
Applicable Spread |
|
Moodys |
|
S&P |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A3 to A1 |
|
A to A+ |
|
|
350 |
% |
|
3.50 percentage points |
Baa1 or lower |
|
BBB+ or lower |
|
|
550 |
% |
|
5.50 percentage points |
Assuming the Fund maintains an AAA and Aaa rating on the preferred shares, the practical
effect of the different methods used to determine the maximum rate is shown in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Maximum Applicable |
|
|
|
|
|
Method Used to |
|
|
Rate Using the |
|
Maximum Applicable |
|
Determine the |
|
|
Applicable |
|
Rate Using the |
|
Maximum Applicable |
Reference Rate |
|
Percentage |
|
Applicable Spread |
|
Rate |
1% |
|
|
1.50 |
% |
|
|
2.50 |
% |
|
Spread |
2% |
|
|
3.00 |
% |
|
|
3.50 |
% |
|
Spread |
3% |
|
|
4.50 |
% |
|
|
4.50 |
% |
|
Either |
4% |
|
|
6.00 |
% |
|
|
5.50 |
% |
|
Percentage |
5% |
|
|
7.50 |
% |
|
|
6.50 |
% |
|
Percentage |
6% |
|
|
9.00 |
% |
|
|
7.50 |
% |
|
Percentage |
There is no minimum dividend rate in respect of any dividend period.
Effect of Failure to Pay Distributions in a Timely Manner. If the Fund fails to pay the
paying agent the full amount of any distribution or redemption price, as applicable, for a series
of Variable Rate Preferred Shares in a timely manner, the dividend rate for the dividend period
following such a failure to pay (such period referred to as the default period) and any subsequent
dividend period for which such default is continuing will be the default rate. In the event that
the Fund fully pays all default amounts due during a dividend period, the dividend rate for the
remainder of that dividend period will be, as the case may be, the applicable rate (for the first
dividend period following a dividend default) or the then maximum rate (for any subsequent dividend
period for which such default is continuing).
The default rate is 550% of the applicable LIBOR Rate for a dividend period of 364 days or
fewer and 550% of the applicable Treasury Index Rate for a dividend period of longer than 364 days.
Designation of Special Dividend Periods. The Fund may instruct the auction agent to hold
auctions more or less frequently than weekly and may designate dividend periods longer or shorter
than one week. The Fund may do this if, for example, the Fund expects that short-term rates might
increase or market conditions otherwise change, in an effort to optimize the potential benefit of
the Funds leverage for holders of its common shares. The Fund does not currently expect to hold
auctions and pay distributions less frequently than weekly or establish dividend periods longer or
shorter than one week. If the Fund designates a special dividend period, changes in interest rates
could affect the price received if preferred shares are sold in the secondary market.
Any designation of a special dividend period for a series of Variable Rate Preferred Shares
will be effective only if (i) notice thereof has been given as provided for in the governing
documents, (ii) any failure to pay in a timely manner to the auction agent the full amount of any
distribution on, or the redemption price of, any preferred shares has been cured as provided for in
the governing documents, (iii) the auction immediately preceding the special dividend period was
not a failed auction, (iv) if the Fund has mailed a notice of redemption with respect to any
preferred shares, the Fund has deposited with the paying agent all funds necessary for such
redemption and (v) the Fund has confirmed that as of the auction date next preceding the first day
of such special dividend period, it has assets with an aggregate discounted value at least equal to
the Basic Maintenance Amount, and the Fund has provided notice of such designation and a Basic
Maintenance Report to each rating agency then rating the preferred shares at the request of the
Fund.
The dividend payment date for any such special dividend period will be set out in the notice
designating the special dividend period. In addition, for special dividend periods of at least 91
days, dividend payment dates will occur on the first business day of each calendar month within
such dividend period and on the business day following the last day of such dividend period.
Before the Fund designates a special dividend period: (i) at least seven business days (or two
business days in the event the duration of the dividend period prior to such special dividend
period is less than eight days) and not more than 30 business days before the first day of the
proposed special dividend period, the Fund will issue a press
38
release stating its intention to designate a special dividend period and inform the auction
agent of the proposed special dividend period by telephonic or other means and confirm it in
writing promptly thereafter and (ii) the Fund must inform the auction agent of the proposed special
dividend period by 3:00 p.m., New York City time on the second business day before the first day of
the proposed special dividend period.
Restrictions on Dividends and Other Distributions for the Preferred Shares
So long as any preferred shares are outstanding, the Fund may not pay any dividend or
distribution (other than a dividend or distribution paid in common shares or in options, warrants
or rights to subscribe for or purchase common shares) in respect of the common shares or call for
redemption, redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any common shares (except by
conversion into or exchange for shares of the Fund ranking junior to the preferred shares as to the
payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation), unless:
|
|
|
the Fund has declared and paid (or provided to the relevant dividend paying agent)
all cumulative distributions on the Funds outstanding preferred shares due on or prior
to the date of such common share dividend or distribution; |
|
|
|
|
the Fund has redeemed the full number of preferred shares to be redeemed pursuant to
any mandatory redemption provision in the Funds governing documents; and |
|
|
|
|
after making the distribution, the Fund meets applicable asset coverage requirements
described under Asset Maintenance Requirements. |
No full distribution will be declared or made on any series of the preferred shares for any
dividend period, or part thereof, unless full cumulative distributions due through the most recent
dividend payment dates therefor for all outstanding series of preferred shares of the Fund ranking
on a parity with such series as to distributions have been or contemporaneously are declared and
made. If full cumulative distributions due have not been made on all outstanding preferred shares
of the Fund ranking on a parity with such series of preferred shares as to the payment of
distributions, any distributions being paid on the preferred shares will be paid as nearly pro rata
as possible in proportion to the respective amounts of distributions accumulated but unmade on each
such series of preferred shares on the relevant dividend payment date. The Funds obligation to
make distributions on the preferred shares will be subordinate to its obligations to pay interest
and principal, when due, on any of the Funds senior securities representing debt.
Redemption
Mandatory Redemption Relating to Asset Coverage Requirements. The Fund may, at its option,
consistent with its Governing Documents and the 1940 Act, and in certain circumstances will be
required to, mandatorily redeem preferred shares in the event that:
|
|
|
the Fund fails to maintain the asset coverage requirements specified under the 1940
Act on a quarterly valuation date and such failure is not cured on or before 60 days,
in the case of the Fixed Rate Preferred Shares, or 10 business days, in the case of the
Variable Rate Preferred Shares, following such failure; or |
|
|
|
|
the Fund fails to maintain the asset coverage requirements as calculated in
accordance with the applicable rating agency guidelines (if any) as of any monthly
valuation date, and such failure is not cured on or before 10 business days after such
valuation date. |
The redemption price for preferred shares subject to mandatory redemption will be the
liquidation preference, as stated in the Prospectus Supplement accompanying the issuance of such
preferred shares, plus an amount equal to any accumulated but unpaid distributions (whether or not
earned or declared) to the date fixed for redemption, plus (in the case of Variable Rate Preferred
Shares having a dividend period of more than one year) any applicable redemption premium determined
by the Board and included in the Statement of Preferences.
The number of preferred shares that will be redeemed in the case of a mandatory redemption
will equal the minimum number of outstanding preferred shares, the redemption of which, if such
redemption had occurred
39
immediately prior to the opening of business on the applicable cure date, would have resulted
in the relevant asset coverage requirement having been met or, if the required asset coverage
cannot be so restored, all of the preferred shares. In the event that preferred shares are redeemed
due to a failure to satisfy the 1940 Act asset coverage requirements, the Fund may, but is not
required to, redeem a sufficient number of preferred shares so that the Funds assets exceed the
asset coverage requirements under the 1940 Act after the redemption by 10% (that is, 220% asset
coverage). In the event that preferred shares are redeemed due to a failure to satisfy applicable
rating agency guidelines (if any), the Fund may, but is not required to, redeem a sufficient number
of preferred shares so that the Funds discounted portfolio value (as determined in accordance with
the applicable rating agency guidelines) after redemption exceeds the asset coverage requirements
of each applicable rating agency by up to 10% (that is, 110% rating agency asset coverage). In
addition, as discussed under Optional Redemption of the Preferred Shares below, the Fund
generally may redeem Variable Rate Preferred Shares subject to a variable rate, in whole or in
part, at its option at any time (usually on a dividend or distribution payment date), other than
during a non-call period.
If the Fund does not have funds legally available for the redemption of, or is otherwise
unable to redeem, all the preferred shares to be redeemed on any redemption date, the Fund will
redeem on such redemption date that number of shares for which it has legally available funds, or
is otherwise able to redeem, from the holders whose shares are to be redeemed ratably on the basis
of the redemption price of such shares, and the remainder of those shares to be redeemed will be
redeemed on the earliest practicable date on which the Fund will have funds legally available for
the redemption of, or is otherwise able to redeem, such shares upon written notice of redemption.
If fewer than all of the Funds outstanding preferred shares are to be redeemed, the Fund, at
its discretion and subject to the limitations of its Governing Documents and the 1940 Act, will
select the one or more series of preferred shares from which shares will be redeemed and the amount
of preferred shares to be redeemed from each such series. If less than all preferred shares of a
series are to be redeemed, such redemption will be made as among the holders of that series pro
rata in accordance with the respective number of shares of such series held by each such holder on
the record date for such redemption (or by such other equitable method as the Fund may determine).
If fewer than all the preferred shares held by any holder are to be redeemed, the notice of
redemption mailed to such holder will specify the number of shares to be redeemed from such holder,
which may be expressed as a percentage of shares held on the applicable record date.
Optional Redemption of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares. Fixed Rate Preferred Shares will not be
subject to optional redemption by the Fund until the date, if any, specified in the applicable
Prospectus Supplement, unless such redemption is necessary, in the judgment of the Fund, to
maintain the Funds status as a regulated investment company under the Code. Commencing on such
date and thereafter, the Fund may at any time redeem such Fixed Rate Preferred Shares in whole or
in part for cash at a redemption price per share equal to the initial liquidation preference per
share plus accumulated and unpaid distributions (whether or not earned or declared) to the
redemption date. Such redemptions are subject to the notice requirements set forth under
Redemption Procedures and the limitations of the Governing Documents and 1940 Act.
Optional Redemption of Variable Rate Preferred Shares. The Fund generally may redeem Variable
Rate Preferred Shares, if issued, in whole or in part, at its option at any time (usually on a
dividend or distribution payment date), other than during a non-call period. The Fund may designate
a non-call period during a dividend period of more than seven days. In the case of such preferred
shares having a dividend period of one year or less, the redemption price per share will equal the
initial liquidation preference plus an amount equal to any accumulated but unpaid distributions
thereon (whether or not earned or declared) to the redemption date, and in the case of such
Preferred Shares having a dividend period of more than one year, the redemption price per share
will equal the initial liquidation preference plus any redemption premium applicable during such
dividend period. Such redemptions are subject to the notice requirements set forth under
Redemption Procedures and the limitations of the Governing Documents and 1940 Act.
Redemption Procedures. A notice of redemption with respect to an optional redemption will be
given to the holders of record of preferred shares selected for redemption not less than 15 days
(subject to Amex or NYSE requirements), in the case of Fixed Rate Preferred Shares, and not less
than seven days in the case of Variable Rate Preferred Shares, nor, in both cases, more than 40
days prior to the date fixed for redemption. Preferred shareholders may receive shorter notice in
the event of a mandatory redemption. Each notice of redemption will state (i) the redemption date,
(ii) the number or percentage of preferred shares to be redeemed (which may be expressed as a
percentage of such shares outstanding), (iii) the CUSIP number(s) of such shares, (iv) the
redemption price
40
(specifying the amount of accumulated distributions to be included therein), (v) the place or
places where such shares are to be redeemed, (vi) that distributions on the shares to be redeemed
will cease to accumulate on such redemption date, (vii) the provision of the Statement of
Preferences, as applicable, under which the redemption is being made and (viii) any conditions
precedent to such redemption. No defect in the notice of redemption or in the mailing thereof will
affect the validity of the redemption proceedings, except as required by applicable law.
The holders of any preferred shares, whether subject to a variable or fixed rate, will not
have the right to redeem any of their shares at their option.
Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution
or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, the holders of preferred shares will be entitled to
receive a preferential liquidating distribution, which is expected to equal the original purchase
price per preferred share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends, whether or not declared, before
any distribution of assets is made to holders of common shares. After payment of the full amount of
the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, the holders of preferred shares will not
be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund. As provided in
the 1940 Act, and subject to compliance with the Funds investment limitations, the Fund may issue
debt securities. In the event the Fund were to issue such securities, the Funds obligations to
make distributions and, upon liquidation of the Fund, liquidation payments in respect of its
preferred shares would be subordinate to the Funds obligations to make any principal and interest
payments due and owing with respect to its outstanding debt securities. Accordingly, the Funds
issuance of debt securities would have the effect of creating special risks for the Funds
preferred shareholders that would not be present in a capital structure that did not include such
securities.
Voting Rights. The 1940 Act requires that the holders of any preferred shares, voting
separately as a single class, have the right to elect at least two Trustees at all times. The
remaining Trustees will be elected by holders of common shares and preferred shares, voting
together as a single class. In addition, subject to the prior rights, if any, of the holders of any
other class of senior securities outstanding, the holders of any preferred shares have the right to
elect a majority of the Trustees at any time two years dividends on any preferred shares are
unpaid. The 1940 Act also requires that, in addition to any approval by shareholders that might
otherwise be required, the approval of the holders of a majority of any outstanding preferred
shares, voting separately as a class, would be required to (i) adopt any plan of reorganization
that would adversely affect the preferred shares, and (ii) take any action requiring a vote of
security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act, including, among other things, changes in the
Funds subclassification as a closed-end investment company to an open-end company or changes in
its fundamental investment restrictions. As a result of these voting rights, the Funds ability to
take any such actions may be impeded to the extent that there are any preferred shares outstanding.
The Board presently intends that, except as otherwise indicated in this prospectus and except as
otherwise required by applicable law, holders of preferred shares will have equal voting rights
with holders of common shares (one vote per share, unless otherwise required by the 1940 Act) and
will vote together with holders of common shares as a single class.
The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding preferred shares, voting
as a separate class, will be required to amend, alter or repeal any of the preferences, rights or
powers of holders of preferred shares so as to affect materially and adversely such preferences,
rights or powers, or to increase or decrease the authorized number of preferred shares. The class
vote of holders of preferred shares described above will in each case be in addition to any other
vote required to authorize the action in question.
The foregoing voting provisions will not apply to any preferred shares if, at or prior to the
time when the act with respect to which such vote otherwise would be required will be effected,
such shares will have been redeemed or called for redemption and sufficient cash or cash
equivalents provided to the applicable paying agent to effect such redemption.
Book Entry. Fixed Rate Preferred Shares will initially be held in the name of Cede & Co. as
nominee for DTC. The Fund will treat Cede & Co. as the holder of record of preferred shares for
all purposes. In accordance with the procedures of DTC, however, purchasers of Fixed Rate
Preferred Shares will be deemed the beneficial owners of stock purchased for purposes of dividends,
voting and liquidation rights.
Variable Rate Preferred Shares will initially be held by the auction agent as custodian for
Cede & Co., in whose name the Variable Rate Preferred Shares will be registered. The Fund will
treat Cede & Co. as the holder of record of the Variable Rate Preferred Shares for all purposes.
41
NOTES
General. Under applicable state law and our Charter, we may borrow money without prior
approval of holders of common and preferred shares. We may issue debt securities, including notes,
or other evidence of indebtedness and may secure any such notes or borrowings by mortgaging,
pledging or otherwise subjecting as security our assets to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act or
rating agency guidelines. Any borrowings, including without limitation the notes, will rank senior
to the preferred shares and the common shares.
Under the 1940 Act, we may only issue one class of senior securities representing
indebtedness, which in the aggregate must have asset coverage immediately after the time of
issuance of at least 300%. So long as notes are outstanding, additional debt securities must rank
on a parity with notes with respect to the payment of interest and upon the distribution of our
assets.
A prospectus supplement relating to any notes will include specific terms relating to the
offering. The terms to be stated in a prospectus supplement will include the following:
|
|
|
the form and title of the security; |
|
|
|
|
the aggregate principal amount of the securities; |
|
|
|
|
the interest rate of the securities; |
|
|
|
|
whether the interest rate for the securities will be determined by auction or
remarketing; |
|
|
|
|
the maturity dates on which the principal of the securities will be payable; |
|
|
|
|
the frequency with which auctions or remarketings, if any, will be held; |
|
|
|
|
any changes to or additional events of default or covenants; |
|
|
|
|
any optional or mandatory redemption provisions; |
|
|
|
|
the credit rating of the notes; and |
|
|
|
|
any other terms of the securities. |
Interest. The prospectus supplement will describe the interest payment provisions relating to
notes. Interest on notes will be payable when due as described in the related prospectus
supplement. If we do not pay interest when due, it will trigger an event of default and we will be
restricted from declaring dividends and making other distributions with respect to our common
shares and preferred shares.
Limitations. Under the requirements of the 1940 Act, immediately after issuing any senior
securities representing indebtedness, we must have an asset coverage of at least 300%. Asset
coverage means the ratio which the value of our total assets, less all liabilities and indebtedness
not represented by senior securities, bears to the aggregate amount of senior securities
representing indebtedness. Other types of borrowings also may result in our being subject to
similar covenants in credit agreements.
Events of Default and Acceleration of Maturity of Notes
Unless stated otherwise in the related prospectus supplement, any one of the following events
will constitute an event of default for that series under the Indenture relating to the notes:
|
|
|
default in the payment of any interest upon a series of notes when it becomes due
and payable and the continuance of such default for 30 days; |
|
|
|
|
default in the payment of the principal of, or premium on, a series of notes at its
stated maturity;
|
42
|
|
|
default in the performance, or breach, of any covenant or warranty of ours in the
Indenture, and continuance of such default or breach for a period of 90 days after
written notice has been given to us by the trustee; |
|
|
|
|
certain voluntary or involuntary proceedings involving us and relating to
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws; |
|
|
|
|
if, on the last business day of each of twenty-four consecutive calendar months, the
notes have a 1940 Act asset coverage of less than 100%; or |
|
|
|
|
any other event of default provided with respect to a series, including a default
in the payment of any redemption price payable on the redemption date. |
Upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default, the holders of a majority in
principal amount of a series of outstanding notes or the trustee will be able to declare the
principal amount of that series of notes immediately due and payable upon written notice to us. A
default that relates only to one series of notes does not affect any other series and the holders
of such other series of notes will not be entitled to receive notice of such a default under the
Indenture. Upon an event of default relating to bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar laws,
acceleration of maturity will occur automatically with respect to all series. At any time after a
declaration of acceleration with respect to a series of notes has been made, and before a judgment
or decree for payment of the money due has been obtained, the holders of a majority in principal
amount of the outstanding notes of that series, by written notice to us and the trustee, may
rescind and annul the declaration of acceleration and its consequences if all events of default
with respect to that series of notes, other than the non-payment of the principal of that series of
notes which has become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived
and other conditions have been met.
Liquidation Rights. In the event of (a) any insolvency or bankruptcy case or proceeding, or
any receivership, liquidation, reorganization or other similar case or proceeding in connection
therewith, relative to us or to our creditors, as such, or to our assets, or (b) any liquidation,
dissolution or other winding up of us, whether voluntary or involuntary and whether or not
involving insolvency or bankruptcy, or (c) any assignment for the benefit of creditors or any other
marshalling of assets and liabilities of ours, then (after any payments with respect to any secured
creditor of ours outstanding at such time) and in any such event the holders of notes shall be
entitled to receive payment in full of all amounts due or to become due on or in respect of all
notes (including any interest accruing thereon after the commencement of any such case or
proceeding), or provision shall be made for such payment in cash or cash equivalents or otherwise
in a manner satisfactory to the holders of the notes, before the holders of any of our common or
preferred shares are entitled to receive any payment on account of any redemption proceeds,
liquidation preference or dividends from such shares. The holders of notes shall be entitled to
receive, for application to the payment thereof, any payment or distribution of any kind or
character, whether in cash, property or securities, including any such payment or distribution
which may be payable or deliverable by reason of the payment of any other indebtedness of ours
being subordinated to the payment of the notes, which may be payable or deliverable in respect of
the notes in any such case, proceeding, dissolution, liquidation or other winding up event.
Unsecured creditors of ours may include, without limitation, service providers including our
Investment Adviser, custodian, administrator, auction agent, broker-dealers and the trustee,
pursuant to the terms of various contracts with us. Secured creditors of ours may include without
limitation parties entering into any interest rate swap, floor or cap transactions, or other
similar transactions with us that create liens, pledges, charges, security interests, security
agreements or other encumbrances on our assets.
A consolidation, reorganization or merger of us with or into any other company, or a sale,
lease or exchange of all or substantially all of our assets in consideration for the issuance of
equity securities of another company shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or
winding up of us.
Voting Rights. The notes have no voting rights, except as mentioned below and to the extent
required by law or as otherwise provided in the Indenture relating to the acceleration of maturity
upon the occurrence and continuance of an event of default. In connection with the notes or other
borrowings (if any), the 1940 Act does in certain circumstances grant to the note holders or
lenders certain voting rights in the event of default in the payment
43
of interest on or repayment of principal. In the event the Fund fails to maintain 100% asset
coverage of any notes outstanding, the holders of the notes will have the right to elect a majority
of the Funds trustees.
Market. Our notes are not likely to be listed on an exchange or automated quotation system.
The details on how to buy and sell such notes, along with the other terms of the notes, will be
described in a prospectus supplement. We cannot assure you that any market will exist for our
notes or if a market does exist, whether it will provide holders with liquidity.
Book-Entry, Delivery and Form. Unless otherwise stated in the related prospectus supplement,
the notes will be issued in book-entry form and will be represented by one or more notes in
registered global form. The global notes will be deposited with the trustee as custodian for DTC
and registered in the name of Cede & Co., as nominee of DTC. DTC will maintain the notes in
designated denominations through its book-entry facilities.
Under the terms of the Indenture, we and the trustee may treat the persons in whose names any
notes, including the global notes, are registered as the owners thereof for the purpose of
receiving payments and for any and all other purposes whatsoever. Therefore, so long as DTC or its
nominee is the registered owner of the global notes, DTC or such nominee will be considered the
sole holder of outstanding notes under the Indenture. We or the trustee may give effect to any
written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by DTC or its nominee.
A global note may not be transferred except as a whole by DTC, its successors or their
respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the global note may be transferred or
exchanged for definitive securities in accordance with the rules and procedures of DTC. In
addition, a global note may be exchangeable for notes in definitive form if:
|
|
|
DTC notifies us that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a depository and we do
not appoint a successor within 60 days; |
|
|
|
|
we, at our option, notify the trustee in writing that we elect to cause the issuance
of notes in definitive form under the Indenture; or |
|
|
|
|
an event of default has occurred and is continuing. |
In each instance, upon surrender by DTC or its nominee of the global note, notes in definitive
form will be issued to each person that DTC or its nominee identifies as being the beneficial owner
of the related notes.
Under the Indenture, the holder of any global note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize
any person, including its participants and persons who may hold interests through DTC participants,
to take any action which a holder is entitled to take under the Indenture.
Trustee, Transfer Agent, Registrar, Paying Agent and Redemption Agent. Information regarding
the trustee under the Indenture, which may also act as transfer agent, registrar, paying agent and
redemption agent with respect to our notes, will be set forth in the Prospectus Supplement.
Subscription Rights
General. We may issue subscription rights to holders of our common or preferred shares to
purchase preferred shares. Subscription rights may be issued independently or together with any
other offered security and may or may not be transferable by the person purchasing or receiving the
subscription rights. In connection with a subscription rights offering to holders of our common or
preferred shares, we would distribute certificates evidencing the subscription rights and a
prospectus supplement to our common or preferred shareholders as of the record date that we set for
determining the shareholders eligible to receive subscription rights in such subscription rights
offering.
The applicable prospectus supplement would describe the following terms of subscription rights
in respect of which this prospectus is being delivered:
44
|
|
|
the period of time the offering would remain open (which will be open a minimum
number of days such that all record holders would be eligible to participate in the
offering and will not be open longer than 120 days); |
|
|
|
|
the title of such subscription rights; |
|
|
|
|
the exercise price for such subscription rights (or method of calculation thereof); |
|
|
|
|
the number of such subscription rights issued in respect of each common share; |
|
|
|
|
the number of rights required to purchase a single preferred share; |
|
|
|
|
the extent to which such subscription rights are transferable and the market on
which they may be traded if they are transferable; |
|
|
|
|
if applicable, a discussion of the material U.S. federal income tax considerations
applicable to the issuance or exercise of such subscription rights; |
|
|
|
|
the date on which the right to exercise such subscription rights will commence, and
the date on which such right will expire (subject to any extension); |
|
|
|
|
the extent to which such subscription rights include an over-subscription privilege
with respect to unsubscribcd securities and the terms of such over-subscription
privilege; |
|
|
|
|
any termination right we may have in connection with such subscription rights
offering; and |
|
|
|
|
any other terms of such subscription rights, including exercise, settlement and
other procedures and limitations relating to the transfer and exercise of such
subscription rights. |
Exercise of Subscription Rights. Each subscription right would entitle the holder of the
subscription right to purchase for cash such number of preferred shares at such exercise price as
in each case is set forth in, or be determinable as set forth in, the prospectus supplement
relating to the subscription rights offered thereby, Subscription rights would be exercisable at
any time up to the close of business on the expiration date for such subscription rights set forth
in the prospectus supplement. After the close of business on the expiration date, all unexercised
subscription rights would become void.
Subscription rights would be exercisable as set forth in the prospectus supplement relating to
the subscription rights offered thereby. Upon expiration of the rights offering and the receipt of
payment and the subscription rights certificate properly completed and duly executed at the
corporate trust office of the subscription rights agent or any other office indicated in the
prospectus supplement we would issue, as soon as practicable, the preferred shares purchased as a
result of such exercise. To the extent permissible under applicable law, we may determine to offer
any unsubscribed offered securities directly to persons other than shareholders, to or through
agents, underwriters or dealers or through a combination of such methods, as set forth in the
applicable prospectus supplement.
45
TAXATION
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations
affecting the Fund and its shareholders and note holders (as the case may be) and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the shares and notes. A more complete discussion of
the tax rules applicable to the Fund, its shareholders and note holders can be found in the SAI
that is incorporated by reference into this prospectus. This discussion assumes you are a U.S.
person and that you hold your shares and notes as capital assets. This discussion is based upon
current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), the regulations
promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are subject to
change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the IRS),
possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS regarding any
matter discussed herein. Counsel to the Fund has not rendered and will not render any legal
opinion regarding any tax consequences related to the Fund or an investment in the Fund. No attempt is made to present a detailed explanation of all
U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns affecting the Fund and its shareholders
(including shareholders owning large positions in the Fund) or note holders.
The discussion set
forth herein does not constitute tax advice. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers
to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
Taxation of the Fund
The Fund has elected to be treated and has qualified as, and intends to continue to qualify annually as, a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must,
among other things, (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a)
dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities
loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or
other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts)
derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b)
net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as
partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross
income from the items described in clause (a) above (each a Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership); and
(ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (x) at least
50% of the market value of the Funds total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government
securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such
other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the
value of the Funds total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such
issuer, and (y) not more than 25% of the market value of the Funds total assets is invested in the
securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other
regulated investment companies), (II) any two or more issuers (other than regulated investment companies) that the Fund controls and that are
determined to be engaged in the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III)
any one or more Qualified Publicly Traded Partnerships.
As a regulated investment company, the Fund generally is not subject to U.S. federal income
tax on income and gains that it distributes each taxable year to shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at
least 90% of the sum of the Funds (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among
other items, dividends, interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gains over net
long-term capital loss and other taxable income other than any net long-term capital gain (as defined
below) reduced by deductible expenses) determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and
distributions paid and (ii) its net tax-exempt interest income (the excess of its gross tax-exempt
interest income over certain disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute at least
annually substantially all of such income. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular
corporate income tax rates on investment company taxable income and net capital gain that it does
not distribute to its shareholders.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with a calendar year distribution
requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax at the Fund level. To avoid the tax, the
Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of
its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year,
(ii) 98.2% of its capital gains in excess of its capital losses (adjusted for certain ordinary
losses) for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an
election is made to use the Funds fiscal year), and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from
previous years on which the Fund paid no U.S. federal income tax. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the federal excise
tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the
case may be, from the previous year. While the Fund intends to
distribute any income and capital gains in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% federal excise tax, there can be no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Funds ordinary income and
capital gains will be distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the
Fund will be liable for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing
distribution requirement.
If for any taxable year the Fund does not qualify as a regulated investment company, all of
its taxable income (including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate
rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders.
46
Taxation of Shareholders
Distributions paid to you by the Fund from its investment company taxable income (which
includes, among other items, the excess of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) (together
referred to hereinafter as ordinary income dividends) are generally taxable to you as ordinary
income to the extent of the Funds earnings and profits. Such distributions (if designated by the
Fund) may, however, qualify (provided holding periods and other requirements are met) (i) for the
dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders to the extent that the Funds
income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations, and (ii) in the case of individual shareholders, as qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gains rates.
Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and certain
foreign corporations (e.g., generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a possession of the
United States or in certain countries with a qualified comprehensive tax treaty with the United
States, or whose stock with respect to which such dividend is paid is readily tradable on an
established securities market in the United States). There can be no assurance as to what portion
of the Funds ordinary income dividends will constitute qualified dividend income. Distributions
made to you from net realized long-term capital gain (capital gain dividends), including capital gain dividends credited to
you but retained by the Fund, are taxable to you as long-term capital gains if they have been
properly designated by the Fund, regardless of the length of time you have owned Fund shares.
Distributions in excess of the Funds current and accumulated earnings and profits will be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of your adjusted tax basis in your shares,
and thereafter as capital gain from the sale of shares. The amount of any Fund distribution that
is treated as a tax-free return of capital will reduce your adjusted basis in your shares, thereby
increasing your potential gain or reducing your potential loss on any subsequent sale or other
disposition of shares. Generally, not later than 60 days after the close of its taxable year, the Fund will provide you with a
written notice designating the amount of any qualified dividend income or capital gain dividends
and other distributions.
The sale or other disposition of shares of the Fund will generally result in capital gain or
loss to you, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than
one year at the time of sale. Any loss upon the sale or
exchange of Fund shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term capital loss to
the extent of any capital gain dividends received (including amounts credited as an undistributed
capital gain dividend) by you with respect to such shares. A loss realized on a sale or exchange of shares of the Fund will be
disallowed if other substantially identical shares are acquired (whether through the automatic
reinvestment of dividends or otherwise) within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending
30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such case, the basis of the shares
acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Dividends and other distributions paid by the Fund are generally treated for U.S. federal income
tax purposes as received by you at the time the dividend or distribution is made. Dividends and other taxable distributions are taxable to you even though they are reinvested
in additional common shares of the Fund. If, however, the Fund pays you a dividend or makes a distribution
in January that was declared in the previous October, November or December and you were the shareholder of
record on a specified date in one of such months, then such dividend or distribution will be
treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as being paid by the Fund and received by you on
December 31 of the year in which the dividend or distribution was declared.
The Fund is required in certain circumstances to withhold, for U.S. backup withholding tax purposes, a portion of the taxable dividends or
distributions and certain other payments paid to non-corporate holders of the Funds shares who do
not furnish the Fund (or its agent) with their correct taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally,
their social security number) and certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup
withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made
to you may be refunded or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided
that the required information is furnished to the IRS.
Taxation of Note Holders
Note holders will be required to include payments of interest on the notes in their gross
income in accordance with their method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Any gain from the sale, exchange or other disposition of the notes will be treated as capital gain for note holders
who hold the notes as capital assets and as long-term capital gain if the notes have been held for
more than one year as of the date
47
of disposition. However, a portion of such gain may be required
to be treated as ordinary income under special rules of the Code governing the treatment of market
discount. A note holder who acquires a note at a market discount (i.e., at a price less than the
principal amount or the adjusted issue price as determined for tax purposes, if relevant), such
as a subsequent purchaser of the notes, will be required to treat as ordinary income a portion of
any gain realized upon a disposition of the note equal to the amount of market discount deemed to
have been accrued as of the date of disposition unless an election is made include such discount in
income on a current basis. A note holder who acquires a note at a market discount and does not
elect to include such discount in income on a current basis will be required to defer deduction of
a portion of interest paid or accrued on debt incurred or continued to purchase or carry the note
until the note holder disposes of the note. These rules may have an effect on the price that can
be obtained upon the sale of a note. Amounts received upon a redemption of the notes will be
subject to tax as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued and unpaid interest on the notes as
of the date of redemption.
The Fund is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on interest distributions
paid to non-corporate holders of the Funds notes who do not furnish the Fund with their correct
taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) and
certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is
not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited
against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is
furnished to the IRS.
Taxation of Holders of Subscription Rights
As more fully described below, upon receipt of a subscription right, a preferred shareholder
generally will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market
value of the subscription right the preferred shareholder receives.
To the extent that the distribution is made out of the Funds earnings and profits, the
subscription right will be a taxable dividend to the preferred shareholder. If the amount of the
distribution received by the preferred shareholder exceeds such shareholders proportionate share
of the Funds earnings and profits, the excess will reduce the preferred shareholders tax basis in
the preferred shares with respect to which the subscription right was issued (the old share). To
the extent that the excess is greater than the preferred shareholders tax basis in the old shares,
such excess will be treated as gain from the sale of the old shares. If the preferred shareholder
held the old shares for more than one year, such gain will be treated as long-term capital gain.
A preferred shareholders tax basis in the subscription rights received will equal the fair
market value of the subscription rights on the date of the distribution.
A preferred shareholder who allows the subscription rights received to expire generally will
recognize a short-term capital loss. Capital losses are deductible only to the extent of capital
gains (subject to an exception for individuals under which $3,000 of capital losses may be offset
against ordinary income).
A preferred shareholder who sells the subscription rights will recognize a gain or loss equal
to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the preferred shareholders tax basis
in the subscription rights as described above.
A preferred shareholder will not recognize any gain or loss upon the exercise of the
subscription rights received in the rights offering. The tax basis of the shares acquired through
exercise of the subscription rights (the new shares) will equal the sum of the subscription price
for the new shares and the preferred shareholders tax basis in the subscription rights as
described above. The holding period for the new shares acquired through exercise of the
subscription rights will begin on the day following the date on which the subscription rights are
exercised.
48
ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS OF THE FUNDS GOVERNING DOCUMENTS
The Fund presently has provisions in its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-Laws
(together, its Governing Documents) which could have the effect of limiting, in each case:
|
|
|
the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund; |
|
|
|
|
the Funds freedom to engage in certain transactions; or |
|
|
|
|
the ability of the Funds trustees or shareholders to amend the Governing Documents
or effectuate changes in the Funds management. |
These provisions of the Governing Documents of the Fund may be regarded as anti-takeover
provisions. The Board of the Fund is divided into three classes, each having a term of no more
than three years (except, to ensure that the term of a class of the Funds trustees expires each
year, one class of the Funds trustees will serve an initial one-year term and three-year terms
thereafter and another class of its trustees will serve an initial two-year term and three-year
terms thereafter). Each year the term of one class of trustees will expire. Accordingly, only
those trustees in one class may be changed in any one year, and it would require a minimum of two
years to change a majority of the Board. Such system of electing trustees may have the effect of
maintaining the continuity of management and, thus, make it more difficult for the shareholders of
the Fund to change the majority of trustees. See Management of the Fund Trustees and Officers
in the SAI. A Trustee of the Fund may be removed with or without cause by two-thirds of the
remaining Trustees and, without cause, by 66⅔% of the votes entitled to be cast for the election of
such Trustees.
In addition, the affirmative vote of the holders of 75% of the outstanding voting shares (in
addition to any required class votes) applies to mergers into or a sale of all or substantially all
of the Funds assets, liquidation, conversion of the Fund into an open-end fund or interval fund
and amendments to several provisions of the Declaration of Trust, including the foregoing
provisions. In addition, 80% of the holders of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund
voting as a class is generally required in order to authorize any of the following transactions:
|
|
|
merger or consolidation of the Fund with or into any other entity; |
|
|
|
|
issuance of any securities of the Fund to any person or entity for cash, other than
pursuant to the dividend and reinvestment plan or any offering if such person or entity
acquires no greater percentage of the securities offered than the percentage
beneficially owned by such person or entity immediately prior to such offering or, in
the case of a class or series not then beneficially owned by such person or entity, the
percentage of common shares beneficially owned by such person or entity immediately
prior to such offering; |
|
|
|
|
sale, lease or exchange of all or any substantial part of the assets of the Fund to
any entity or person (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of less than
$5,000,000); |
|
|
|
|
sale, lease or exchange to the Fund, in exchange for securities of the Fund, of any
assets of any entity or person (except assets having an aggregate fair market value of
less than $5,000,000); or |
|
|
|
|
the purchase of the Funds common shares by the Fund from any person or entity other
than pursuant to a tender offer equally available to other shareholders in which such
person or entity tenders no greater percentage of common shares than are tendered by
all other shareholders; |
if such person or entity is directly, or indirectly through affiliates, the beneficial owner of
more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Fund. However, such vote would not be required when,
under certain conditions, the Board approves the transaction. In addition, shareholders have no
authority to adopt, amend or repeal By-Laws. The trustees have authority to adopt, amend and
repeal By-Laws consistent with the Declaration of Trust (including to require approval by the
holders of a majority of the outstanding shares for the election of trustees). Reference is made
to the Governing Documents of the Fund, on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission, for
the full text of these provisions.
49
The provisions of the Governing Documents described above could have the effect of depriving
the owners of shares in the Fund of opportunities to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing
market prices, by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender
offer or similar transaction. The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult
the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control by a principal shareholder.
The Governing Documents of the Fund are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
For the full text of these provisions see the SAI.
CLOSED-END FUND STRUCTURE
The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company (commonly referred to
as a closed-end fund). Closed-end funds differ from open-end funds (which are generally referred
to as mutual funds) in that closed-end funds generally list their shares for trading on a stock
exchange and do not redeem their shares at the request of the shareholder. This means that if you
wish to sell your shares of a closed-end fund you must trade them on the market like any other
stock at the prevailing market price at that time. In a mutual fund, if the shareholder wishes to
sell shares of the fund, the mutual fund will redeem or buy back the shares at net asset value.
Also, mutual funds generally offer new shares on a continuous basis to new investors, and
closed-end funds generally do not. The continuous inflows and outflows of assets in a mutual fund
can make it difficult to manage the funds investments. By comparison, closed-end funds are
generally able to stay more fully invested in securities that are consistent with their investment
objectives, to have greater flexibility to make certain types of investments and to use certain
investment strategies such as financial leverage and investments in illiquid securities.
Shares of closed-end funds often trade at a discount to their net asset value. Because of
this possibility and the recognition that any such discount may not be in the interest of
shareholders, the Funds Board might consider from time to time engaging in open-market
repurchases, tender offers for shares or other programs intended to reduce a discount. We cannot
guarantee or assure, however, that the Funds Board will decide to engage in any of these actions.
Nor is there any guarantee or assurance that such actions, if undertaken, would result in the
shares trading at a price equal or close to net asset value per share. The Board might also
consider converting the Fund to an open-end mutual fund, which would also require a supermajority
vote of the shareholders of the Fund and a separate vote of any outstanding preferred shares. We
cannot assure you that the Funds common or preferred shares will not trade at a discount.
REPURCHASE OF SHARES
The Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company and as such its
shareholders do not, and will not, have the right to require the Fund to repurchase their shares.
The Fund, however, may repurchase its common shares from time to time as and when it deems such a
repurchase advisable. The Board has authorized such repurchases to be made when the Funds common
shares are trading at a discount from net asset value of 7.5% or more (or such other percentage as
the Board of the Fund may determine from time to time). The Fund may also repurchase any preferred
shares it issues. Although the Board has authorized such repurchases, the Fund is not required to
repurchase its shares. The Board has not established a limit on the number of shares that could be
purchased during such period. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund may repurchase its shares on a
securities exchange (provided that the Fund has informed its shareholders within the preceding six
months of its intention to repurchase such shares) or pursuant to tenders and may also repurchase
shares privately if the Fund meets certain conditions regarding, among other things, distribution
of net income for the preceding fiscal year, status of the seller, price paid, brokerage
commissions, prior notice to shareholders of an intention to purchase shares and purchasing in a
manner and on a basis that does not discriminate unfairly against the other shareholders through
their interest in the Fund.
When the Fund repurchases its common shares for a price below net asset value, or preferred
shares at a price below net asset value, the net asset value of the common shares that remain
outstanding shares will be enhanced, but this does not necessarily mean that the market price of
the outstanding common shares will be affected, either positively or negatively. The repurchase of
common shares will reduce the total assets of the Fund available for investment and may increase
the Funds expense ratio.
50
NET ASSET VALUE
The net asset value of the Funds shares is computed based on the market value of the
securities it holds and determined daily as of the close of the regular trading day on the NYSE.
For purposes of determining the Funds net asset value per share, portfolio securities listed or
traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or traded in the U.S. over-the-counter market
for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the last quoted sale price or a
markets official closing price as of the close of business on the day the securities are being
valued. If there were no sales that day, the security is valued at the average of the closing bid
and asked prices or, if there were no asked prices quoted on that day, then the security is valued
at the closing bid price on that day. If no bid or asked prices are quoted on such day, the
security is valued at the most recently available price or, if the Board so determines, by such
other method as the Board shall determine in good faith to reflect its fair market value. Portfolio
securities traded on more than one national securities exchange or market are valued according to
the broadest and most representative market, as determined by the Investment Adviser.
Portfolio securities primarily traded on a foreign market are generally valued at the
preceding closing values of such securities on the relevant market, but may be fair valued pursuant
to procedures established by the Board if market conditions change significantly after the close of
the foreign market but prior to the close of business on the day the securities are being valued.
Debt instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less that are not credit impaired are
valued at amortized cost, unless the Board determines such amount does not reflect the securities
fair value, in which case these securities will be fair valued as determined by the Board. Debt
instruments having a maturity greater than 60 days for which market quotations are readily
available are valued at the average of the latest bid and asked prices. If there were no asked
prices quoted on such day, the security is valued using the closing bid price. Futures contracts
are valued at the closing settlement price of the exchange or board of trade on which the
applicable contract is traded.
Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available are fair valued as
determined by the Board. Fair valuation methodologies and procedures may include, but are not
limited to: analysis and review of available financial and non-financial information about the
company; comparisons to the valuation and changes in valuation of similar securities, including a
comparison of foreign securities to the equivalent U.S. dollar value ADR securities at the close of
the U.S. exchange; and evaluation of any other information that could be indicative of the value of
the security.
The Fund obtains valuations on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service approved by
the Board. All other investment assets, including restricted and not readily marketable securities,
are valued in good faith at fair value under procedures established by and under the general
supervision and responsibility of the Funds Board.
In addition, whenever developments in one or more securities markets after the close of the
principal markets for one or more portfolio securities and before the time as of which the Fund
determines its net asset value would, if such developments had been reflected in such principal
markets, likely have more than a minimal effect on the Funds net asset value per share, the Fund
may fair value such portfolio securities based on available market information as of the time the
Fund determines its net asset value.
NYSE Closings. The holidays (as observed) on which the NYSE is closed, and therefore days
upon which shareholders cannot purchase or sell shares, currently are: New Years Day, Martin
Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day and on the preceding Friday or subsequent Monday when a holiday
falls on a Saturday or Sunday, respectively.
CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND-DISBURSING AGENT
Bank of New York Mellon, located at 135 Santilli Highway, Everett, Massachusetts 02149, serves
as the custodian of the Funds assets pursuant to a custody agreement. Under the custody
agreement, the Custodian holds the Funds assets in compliance with the 1940 Act. For its
services, the Custodian receives a monthly fee based upon, among other things, the average value of
the total assets of the Fund, plus certain charges for securities transactions.
51
American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, located at 59 Maiden Lane, New York, New York 10038,
serves as the Funds dividend disbursing agent, as agent under the Funds Plan and as transfer
agent and registrar for the common shares of the Fund.
52
PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION
We may sell our securities through underwriters or dealers, directly to one or more
purchasers, including existing holders of our common shares in a rights offering, through agents,
to or through underwriters or dealers, or through a combination of any such methods of sale. The
applicable Prospectus Supplement will identify any underwriter or agent involved in the offer and
sale of our securities, any sales loads, discounts, commissions, fees or other compensation paid to
any underwriter, dealer or agent, the offering price, net proceeds and use of proceeds and the
terms of any sale. In the case of a rights offering to existing holders of our common shares, the
applicable prospectus supplement will set forth the number of rights required to purchase a single
preferred share and the other terms of such rights offering.
The distribution of our securities may be effected from time to time in one or more
transactions at a fixed price or prices, which may be changed, at prevailing market prices at the
time of sale, at prices related to such prevailing market prices, or at negotiated prices,
provided, however, that the offering price per share in the case of common shares, must equal or
exceed the net asset value per share, exclusive of any underwriting commissions or discounts, of
our common shares.
We may sell our securities directly to, and solicit offers from, institutional investors or
others who may be deemed to be underwriters as defined in the 1933 Act for any resales of the
securities. In this case, no underwriters or agents would be involved. We may use electronic
media, including the Internet, to sell offered securities directly.
In connection with the sale of our securities, underwriters or agents may receive compensation
from us in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions. Underwriters may sell our securities
to or through dealers, and such dealers may receive compensation in the form of discounts,
concessions or commissions from the underwriters and/or commissions from the purchasers for whom
they may act as agents. Underwriters, dealers and agents that participate in the distribution of
our securities may be deemed to be underwriters under the Securities Act of 1933, and any discounts
and commissions they receive from us and any profit realized by them on the resale of our
securities may be deemed to be underwriting discounts and commissions under the Securities Act of
1933. Any such underwriter or agent will be identified and any such compensation received from us
will be described in the applicable Prospectus Supplement. The maximum commission or discount to
be received by any FINRA member or independent broker-dealer will not exceed eight percent. We
will not pay any compensation to any underwriter or agent in the form of warrants, options,
consulting or structuring fees or similar arrangements.
If a Prospectus Supplement so indicates, we may grant the underwriters an option to purchase
additional securities at the public offering price, less the underwriting discounts and
commissions, within 45 days from the date of the Prospectus Supplement, to cover any
overallotments.
To facilitate an offering of securities in an underwritten transaction and in accordance with
industry practice, the underwriters may engage in transactions that stabilize, maintain, or
otherwise affect the market price of the securities. Those transactions may include overallotment,
entering stabilizing bids, effecting syndicate covering transactions, and reclaiming selling
concessions allowed to an underwriter or a dealer.
|
|
|
An overallotment in connection with an offering creates a short position in the
securities for the underwriters own account. |
|
|
|
|
An underwriter may place a stabilizing bid to purchase the shares for the purpose of
pegging, fixing, or maintaining the price of the securities. |
|
|
|
|
Underwriters may engage in syndicate covering transactions to cover overallotments
or to stabilize the price of the securities subject to the offering by bidding for, and
purchasing, the securities or any other securities in the open market in order to
reduce a short position created in connection with the offering. |
|
|
|
|
The managing underwriter may impose a penalty bid on a syndicate member to reclaim a
selling concession in connection with an offering when the securities originally sold
by the syndicate member are purchased in syndicate covering transactions or otherwise. |
53
Any of these activities may stabilize or maintain the market price of the securities above
independent market levels. The underwriters are not required to engage in these activities, and
may end any of these activities at any time.
Any underwriters to whom the offered securities are sold for offering and sale may make a
market in the offered securities, but the underwriters will not be obligated to do so and may
discontinue any market-making at any time without notice. The offered securities may or may not be
listed on a securities exchange. We cannot assure you that there will be a liquid trading market
for the offered securities.
Any fixed rate preferred shares sold pursuant to a Prospectus Supplement will likely be listed
on the NYSE.
Under agreements into which we may enter, underwriters, dealers and agents who participate in
the distribution of our securities may be entitled to indemnification by us against certain
liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933. Underwriters, dealers and
agents may engage in transactions with us, or perform services for us, in the ordinary course of
business.
If so indicated in the applicable Prospectus Supplement, we will ourselves, or will authorize
underwriters or other persons acting as our agents to solicit offers by certain institutions to
purchase our securities from us pursuant to contracts providing for payment and delivery on a
future date. Institutions with which such contacts may be made include commercial and savings
banks, insurance companies, pension funds, investment companies, educational and charitable
institutions and others, but in all cases such institutions must be approved by us. The obligation
of any purchaser under any such contract will be subject to the condition that the purchase of the
securities shall not at the time of delivery be prohibited under the laws of the jurisdiction to
which such purchaser is subject. The underwriters and such other agents will not have any
responsibility in respect of the validity or performance of such contracts. Such contracts will be
subject only to those conditions set forth in the Prospectus Supplement, and the Prospectus
Supplement will set forth the commission payable for solicitation of such contracts.
To the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations promulgated
thereunder, the underwriters may from time to time act as brokers or dealers and receive fees in
connection with the execution of our portfolio transactions after the underwriters have ceased to
be underwriters and, subject to certain restrictions, each may act as a broker while it is an
underwriter.
A Prospectus and accompanying Prospectus Supplement in electronic form may be made available
on the websites maintained by underwriters. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of
securities for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Such allocations of securities for
Internet distributions will be made on the same basis as other allocations. In addition,
securities may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell securities to online
brokerage account holders.
In order to comply with the securities laws of certain states, if applicable, our securities
offered hereby will be sold in such jurisdictions only through registered or licensed brokers or
dealers.
54
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, counsel
to the Fund in connection with the offering of the Funds shares.
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
Ernst
& Young LLP
serves as the independent registered public accounting firm of the Fund and
audits the financial statements of the Fund. Ernst
& Young LLP is located at Suite 4000, Two Commerce Square, 2001
Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103.
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
The Fund is subject to the informational requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
as amended, and the 1940 Act and in accordance therewith files reports and other information with
the Securities and Exchange Commission. Reports, proxy statements and other information filed by
the Fund with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to the informational requirements of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the 1940 Act can be inspected and copied at the public
reference facilities maintained by the Securities and Exchange Commission, 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,
Washington, D.C. 20549. The Securities and Exchange Commission maintains a web site at
http://www.sec.gov containing reports, proxy and information statements and other information
regarding registrants, including the Fund, that file electronically with the Securities and
Exchange Commission.
The Funds common shares are listed on the NYSE under the symbol GDL. Reports, proxy
statements and other information concerning the Fund and filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission by the Fund will be available for inspection at the New York Stock Exchange, 20 Broad
Street, New York, New York 10005, as the case may be.
This prospectus constitutes part of a Registration Statement filed by the Fund with the
Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Act of 1933 and the 1940 Act. This
prospectus omits certain of the information contained in the Registration Statement, and reference
is hereby made to the Registration Statement and related exhibits for further information with
respect to the Fund and the preferred shares offered hereby. Any statements contained herein
concerning the provisions of any document are not necessarily complete, and, in each instance,
reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement or
otherwise filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission. Each such statement is qualified in
its entirety by such reference. The complete Registration Statement may be obtained from the
Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the fee prescribed by its rules and regulations
or free of charge through the Security and Exchange Commissions web site (http://www.sec.gov).
PRIVACY PRINCIPLES OF THE FUND
The Fund is committed to maintaining the privacy of its shareholders and to safeguarding their
non-public personal information. The following information is provided to help you understand what
personal information the Fund collects, how the Fund protects that information and why, in certain
cases, the Fund may share information with select other parties.
Generally, the Fund does not receive any non-public personal information relating to its
shareholders, although certain non-public personal information of its shareholders may become
available to the Fund. The Fund does not disclose any non-public personal information about its
shareholders or former shareholders to anyone, except as permitted by law or as is necessary in
order to service shareholder accounts (for example, to a transfer agent or third party
administrator).
The Fund restricts access to non-public personal information about its shareholders to
employees of the Funds Investment Adviser and its affiliates with a legitimate business need for
the information. The Fund maintains physical, electronic and procedural safeguards designed to
protect the non-public personal information of its shareholders.
55
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
Certain statements in this prospectus constitute forward-looking statements, which involve
known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause the actual results, levels
of activity, performance or achievements of the Fund to be materially different from any future
results, levels of activity, performance or achievements expressed or implied by such
forward-looking statements. Such factors include, among others, those listed under Risk Factors
and Special Considerations and elsewhere in this prospectus. As a result of the foregoing and
other factors, no assurance can be given as to the future results, levels of activity or
achievements, and neither the Fund nor any other person assumes responsibility for the accuracy and
completeness of such statements.
No person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representations in
connection with this offering other than those contained in this prospectus in connection with the
offer contained herein, and, if given or made, such other information or representations must not
be relied upon as having been authorized by the Fund, the Investment Adviser or the underwriters.
Neither the delivery of this prospectus nor any sale made hereunder will, under any circumstances,
create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the Fund since the date
hereof or that the information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.
This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any
securities other than the securities to which it relates. This prospectus does not constitute an
offer to sell or the solicitation of an offer to buy such securities in any circumstance in which
such an offer or solicitation is unlawful.
56
APPENDIX A
CORPORATE BOND RATINGS
MOODYS INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.
|
|
|
Aaa
|
|
Bonds that are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They
carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally
referred to as gilt edge. Interest payments are protected by a large
or exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the
various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can
be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong
position of such issues. |
|
|
|
Aa
|
|
Bonds that are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are
generally known as high grade bonds. They are rated lower than the
best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa
securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater
amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the
long-term risk appear somewhat larger than in Aaa Securities. |
|
|
|
A
|
|
Bonds that are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes
and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors
giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but
elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment
some time in the future. |
|
|
|
Baa
|
|
Bonds that are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations
i.e., they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured. Interest
payments and principal security appear adequate for the present, but
certain protective elements may be lacking or may be
characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such
bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have
speculative characteristics as well. |
|
|
|
Ba
|
|
Bonds that are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their
future cannot be considered as well assured. Often the protection of
interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not
well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future.
Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class. |
|
|
|
B
|
|
Bonds that are rated B generally lack characteristics of the desirable
investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of
maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of
time may be small. Moodys applies numerical modifiers (1, 2, and 3)
with respect to the bonds rated Aa through B. The modifier 1 indicates
that the company ranks in the higher end of its generic rating
category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the
modifier 3 indicates that the company ranks in the lower end of its
generic rating category. |
|
|
|
Caa
|
|
Bonds that are rated Caa are of poor standing. These issues may be in
default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to
principal or interest. |
|
|
|
Ca
|
|
Bonds that are rated Ca represent obligations that are speculative in
a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked
shortcomings. |
|
|
|
C
|
|
Bonds that are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues
so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever
attaining any real investment standing. |
|
|
|
STANDARD & POORS RATINGS SERVICES |
|
|
|
AAA
|
|
This is the highest rating assigned by S&P to a debt obligation and
indicates an extremely strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal. |
|
|
|
AA
|
|
Debt rated AA has a very strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal and differs from AAA issues only in small degree. |
S-A-1
|
|
|
A
|
|
Principal and interest payments on bonds in this category are regarded
as safe. Debt rated A has a strong capacity to pay interest and repay
principal although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse
effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than debt
in higher rated categories. |
|
|
|
BBB
|
|
This is the lowest investment grade. Debt rated BBB has an adequate
capacity to pay interest and repay principal. Whereas it normally
exhibits adequate protection parameters, adverse economic conditions
or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened
capacity to pay interest and repay principal for debt in this category
than in higher rated categories. |
Speculative Grade
Debt rated BB, CCC, CC, and C are regarded, on balance, as predominantly speculative with
respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal in accordance with the terms of the
obligation. BB indicates the lowest degree of speculation, and C the highest degree of
speculation. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these
are outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions. Debt rated C 1 is
reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid and debt rated D is in payment
default.
In July 1994, S&P initiated an r symbol to its ratings. The r symbol is attached to
derivatives, hybrids and certain other obligations that S&P believes may experience high
variability in expected returns due to noncredit risks created by the terms of the obligations.
AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing
within the major categories.
NR indicates that no public rating has been requested, that there is insufficient
information on which to base a rating, or that S&P does not rate a particular type of obligation as
a matter of policy.
S-A-2
The GDL Fund
Preferred Shares of Beneficial Interest, Notes and Subscription Rights
PROSPECTUS
February 28, 2011
Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No. 333-[ ]
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated ____, 2008)
__________ Shares
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Series [ ] Preferred Shares
We are offering for sale ________ shares of our Series __ Preferred Shares, par value $0.001
per share. Our common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the
symbol GDL. On , the last reported sale price of our common shares was $ .
You should review the information set forth under Risk Factors and Special Considerations on
page __ of the accompanying Prospectus before investing in our preferred shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Total (1) |
|
Public offering price |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $________, which represents
approximately $____ per share. |
The Series __ Preferred Shares will be ready for delivery on or about __________, ____.
You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding whether
to invest in our preferred shares and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement
and the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that has been
incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by calling
800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commissions (SEC) website
(http://www.sec.gov).
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these securities or
determined if this Prospectus Supplement is truthful or complete. Any representation to the
contrary is a criminal offense.
____________, ____
Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
P-1 |
|
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
|
|
|
P-2 |
|
TERMS OF THE SERIES ___ PREFERRED SHARES
|
|
|
Dividend Rate
|
|
The dividend rate [for the initial dividend period]1 will be ___%. |
|
|
|
Dividend Payment Rate
|
|
[Dividends will be paid when, as and if declared on __________,
__________, __________, and __________, commencing
__________.]1 The payment date for the initial
dividend period will be __________.]2 |
|
|
|
[Regular Dividend Period
|
|
Regular dividend periods will be ____ days.]2 |
|
|
|
[Regular Auction Date
|
|
Auctions will be held on __________.]2 |
|
|
|
Liquidation Preference
|
|
$______ per share |
|
|
|
[Non-Call Period
|
|
The shares may not be called for redemption at the option of the
Fund prior to __________.]1 |
|
|
|
[Stock Exchange Listing]2
|
|
[ ] |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Applicable only if the preferred shares being
offered are fixed rate preferred shares. |
|
2 |
|
Applicable only if the preferred shares being
offered are auction rate preferred shares. |
P-1
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate the total net proceeds of the offering to be $_________ , based on the public
offering price of $_____ per share and after deduction of the underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in
high-quality short-term debt securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that
the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Funds investment objective and
policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be
substantially completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in
the Funds anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months.
CAPITALIZATION
[To be provided.]
ASSET COVERAGE RATIO
[To be provided.]
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE PREFERRED SHARES
[To be provided.]
TAXATION
Please refer to the Taxation sections in the Fund Prospectus and Fund Statement of
Additional Information for a description of the consequences of investing in the preferred shares
of the Fund.
UNDERWRITING
[To be provided.]
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York,
New York, counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of the Series __ Preferred Shares.
Certain legal matters in connection with this offering will be passed on for the underwriters by
__________________________.
P-2
Filed Pursuant to Rule 497
Registration Statement No. 333-[ ]
PROSPECTUS SUPPLEMENT
(To Prospectus dated __________, 2008)
[GRAPHIC OMITTED]
Notes [Specify Title]
We are offering for sale our notes at a principal amount per note of $________. Our common
shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE) under the symbol GDL. On , the last reported sale price of our common shares was $ .
You should review the information set forth under Risk Factors and Special Considerations on
page __ of the accompanying Prospectus before investing in our notes.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share |
|
|
Total (1) |
|
Public offering price |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds, before expenses, to us |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1) |
|
The aggregate expenses of the offering are estimated to be $________, which represents
approximately $____ per share. |
The notes will be ready for delivery on or about __________, ____.
You should read this Prospectus Supplement and the accompanying Prospectus before deciding
whether to invest in our notes and retain it for future reference. The Prospectus Supplement and
the accompanying Prospectus contain important information about us. Material that has been
incorporated by reference and other information about us can be obtained from us by calling
800-GABELLI (422-3554) or from the Securities and Exchange Commissions (SEC) website
(http://www.sec.gov).
Neither the SEC nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved these
securities or determined if this Prospectus Supplement is truthful or complete. Any representation
to the contrary is a criminal offense.
____________, ____
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Prospectus Supplement
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
N-1 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
|
|
|
N-2 |
|
TERMS OF THE NOTES
|
|
|
Principal Amount
|
|
The principal amount of the notes is $______ in the
aggregate and $______ per note. |
|
|
|
Maturity
|
|
The principal amount of the notes will become due and
payable on _______, ___. |
|
|
|
Interest Rate
|
|
The interest rate will be ___%. |
|
|
|
Frequency of payment
|
|
Interest will be paid __________commencing __________. |
|
|
|
Prepayment Protections |
|
|
|
|
|
Rating
|
|
It is a condition of issuance that the notes be rated
[AAA by S&P and Aaa by Moodys]. |
N-1
USE OF PROCEEDS
We estimate the total net proceeds of the offering to be $_________ , based on the public
offering price of $_____ per note and after deduction of the underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The Investment Adviser expects that it will initially invest the proceeds of the offering in
high-quality short-term income securities and instruments. The Investment Adviser anticipates that
the investment of the proceeds will be made in accordance with the Funds investment objective and
policies as appropriate investment opportunities are identified, which is expected to be
substantially completed within three months; however, changes in market conditions could result in
the Funds anticipated investment period extending to as long as six months.
CAPITALIZATION
[To be provided.]
ASSET COVERAGE RATIO
[To be provided.]
SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS AND RISKS OF THE NOTES
[To be provided.]
TERMS OF THE NOTES
[To be provided.]
TAXATION
[To be provided.]
UNDERWRITING
[To be provided.]
LEGAL MATTERS
Certain legal matters will be passed on by Skadden, Arps, Slate, Meagher & Flom LLP, New York,
New York, counsel to the Fund in connection with the offering of the notes. Certain legal matters
in connection with this offering will be passed on for the underwriters by
__________________________.
N-2
Dated February 28, 2011
THE GDL FUND
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
THE INFORMATION IN THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT COMPLETE AND MAY BE
CHANGED. THE FUND MAY NOT SELL THESE SECURITIES UNTIL THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT FILED WITH THE
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION IS EFFECTIVE. THIS STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION IS NOT AN
OFFER TO SELL THESE SECURITIES AND IT IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY THESE SECURITIES IN ANY
STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.
The GDL Fund, or the Fund, is a non-diversified, closed-end management
investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the 1940 Act). The Funds
investment objective is to achieve absolute returns in various market conditions without excessive
risk of capital. Absolute returns are defined as positive total returns, regardless of the
direction of securities markets. The Fund will seek to achieve its objective by investing primarily
in merger arbitrage transactions and, to a lesser extent, in corporate reorganizations involving
stubs, spin-offs and liquidations. Gabelli Funds, LLC serves as Investment Adviser to the Fund.
An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors. We cannot assure you that the Fund
will achieve its objective.
This Statement of Additional Information (the SAI) does not constitute a prospectus, but
should be read in conjunction with the Funds prospectus dated February 28, 2011 and as it may be
supplemented (the Prospectus). This SAI does not include all information that a prospective
investor should consider before investing in the Funds common shares, and investors should obtain
and read this prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. This SAI incorporates by reference the
entire Prospectus. You may request a free copy of this prospectus by calling (800) GABELLI
(422-3554) or by writing to the Fund. A copy of the Funds Registration Statement, including this
prospectus, may be obtained from the Securities and Exchange Commission upon payment of the fee
prescribed, or inspected at the Securities and Exchange Commissions office or via its web site
(http://www.sec.gov) at no charge.
This Statement of Additional Information is dated February 28, 2011.
i
STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
|
S-1 |
|
|
|
|
S-1 |
|
|
|
|
S-8 |
|
|
|
|
S-9 |
|
|
|
|
S-20 |
|
|
|
|
S-23 |
|
|
|
|
S-24 |
|
|
|
|
S-24 |
|
|
|
|
S-25 |
|
|
|
|
S-31 |
|
|
|
|
S-31 |
|
|
|
|
S-32 |
|
|
|
|
S-33 |
|
|
|
|
A-1 |
|
ii
THE FUND
The GDL Fund is a non-diversified, closed-end management investment company
organized under the laws of the State of Delaware. The Funds investment operations commenced on
January 31, 2007. The Funds common shares are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (the NYSE)
under the symbol GDL.
INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES
Investment Objective
The Funds investment objective is to achieve absolute returns in various market conditions
without excessive risk of capital. Absolute returns are defined as positive total returns,
regardless of the direction of securities markets. The Fund will seek to achieve its objective by
investing primarily in merger arbitrage transactions and, to a lesser extent, in corporate
reorganizations involving stubs, spin-offs and liquidations. Gabelli Funds, LLC serves as
Investment Adviser to the Fund. An investment in the Fund is not appropriate for all investors.
We cannot assure you that the Fund will achieve its objective.
Additional Investment Policies
Derivative Instruments
Options. The Fund may, from time to time, subject to guidelines of the Board of Trustees (the
Board) and the limitations set forth in the Prospectus and this SAI, purchase or sell, i.e.,
write, options on securities, securities indices and foreign currencies which are listed on a
national securities exchange or in the over-the-counter (OTC) market, as a means of achieving
additional return or of hedging the value of the Funds portfolio.
A call option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right to buy from the
writer of the call option, the security or currency underlying the option at a specified exercise
price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of the call option has the obligation,
upon exercise of the option, to deliver the underlying security or currency upon payment of the
exercise price during the option period.
A put option is a contract that gives the holder of the option the right, in return for a
premium, to sell to the seller the underlying security at a specified price. The seller of the put
option has the obligation to buy the underlying security upon exercise at the exercise price.
A call option is covered if the Fund owns the underlying instrument covered by the call or
has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that instrument without additional cash
consideration (or for additional cash consideration held in a segregated account by its custodian)
upon conversion or exchange of other instruments held in its portfolio. A call option is also
covered if the Fund holds a call option on the same instrument as the call option written where the
exercise price of the call option held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call
option written or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call option written if the difference
is maintained by the Fund in cash, U.S. government securities or other high-grade short-term
obligations in a segregated account with its custodian. A put option is covered if the Fund
maintains cash or other liquid securities with a value equal to the exercise price in a segregated
account with its custodian, or else holds a put option on the same instrument as the put option
written where the exercise price of the put option held is equal to or greater than the exercise
price of the put option written.
If the Fund has written an option, it may terminate its obligation by effecting a closing
purchase transaction. This is accomplished by purchasing an option of the same series as the option
previously written. However, once the Fund has been assigned an exercise notice, the Fund will be
unable to effect a closing purchase transaction. Similarly, if the Fund is the holder of an option
it may liquidate its position by effecting a closing sale transaction. This is accomplished by
selling an option of the same series as the option previously purchased. There can be no assurance
that either a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund so desires.
The Fund will realize a profit from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction is
less than the premium received from writing the option or is more than the premium paid to purchase
the option; the Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if the price of the transaction
is more than the premium received from
S-1
writing the option or is less than the premium paid to purchase the option. Since call option
prices generally reflect increases in the price of the underlying security, any loss resulting from
the repurchase of a call option may also be wholly or partially offset by unrealized appreciation
of the underlying security. Other principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call
option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price and price volatility of
the underlying security, and the time remaining until the expiration date. Gains and losses on
investments in options depend, in part, on the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict
correctly the effect of these factors. The use of options cannot serve as a complete hedge since
the price movement of securities underlying the options will not necessarily follow the price
movements of the portfolio securities subject to the hedge.
An option position may be closed out only on an exchange which provides a secondary market for
an option of the same series or in a private transaction. Although the Fund will generally purchase
or write only those options for which there appears to be an active secondary market, there is no
assurance that a liquid secondary market on an exchange will exist for any particular option. In
such event, it might not be possible to effect closing transactions in particular options, so that
the Fund would have to exercise its options in order to realize any profit and would incur
brokerage commissions upon the exercise of call options and upon the subsequent disposition of
underlying securities for the exercise of put options. If the Fund, as a covered call option
writer, is unable to effect a closing purchase transaction in a secondary market, it will not be
able to sell the underlying security until the option expires or it delivers the underlying
security upon exercise or otherwise covers the position.
To the extent that the Fund purchases options pursuant to a hedging strategy, the Fund will be
subject to the following additional risks. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not
sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal
to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the
exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option.
Where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price
movements in that or a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less
than the price of the security. If restrictions on exercise are imposed, the Fund may be unable to
exercise an option it has purchased. If the Fund is unable to close out an option that it has
purchased on a security, it will have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the
option may expire worthless.
Options on Securities Indices. The Fund may purchase and sell securities index options. One
effect of such transactions may be to hedge all or part of the Funds securities holdings against a
general decline in the securities market or a segment of the securities market. Options on
securities indices are similar to options on stocks except that, rather than the right to take or
make delivery of stock at a specified price, an option on a securities index gives the holder the
right to receive, upon exercise of the option, an amount of cash if the closing level of the
securities index upon which the option is based is greater than, in the case of a call option, or
less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option.
The Funds successful use of options on indices depends upon its ability to predict the
direction of the market and is subject to various additional risks. The correlation between
movements in the index and the price of the securities being hedged against is imperfect and the
risk from imperfect correlation increases as the composition of the Fund diverges from the
composition of the relevant index. Accordingly, a decrease in the value of the securities being
hedged against may not be wholly offset by a gain on the exercise or sale of a securities index put
option held by the Fund.
Options on Foreign Currencies. Instead of purchasing or selling currency futures (as
described below), the Fund may attempt to accomplish similar objectives by purchasing put or call
options on currencies or by writing put +options or call options on currencies either on exchanges
or in OTC markets. A put option gives the Fund the right to sell a currency at the exercise price
until the option expires. A call option gives the Fund the right to purchase a currency at the
exercise price until the option expires. Both types of options serve to insure against adverse
currency price movements in the underlying portfolio assets designated in a given currency. The
Funds use of options on currencies will be subject to the same limitations as its use of options
on securities, described above and in the Prospectus. Currency options may be subject to position
limits which may limit the ability of the Fund to fully hedge its positions by purchasing the
options.
S-2
As in the case of interest rate futures contracts and options thereon, described below, the
Fund may hedge against the risk of a decrease or increase in the U.S. dollar value of a foreign
currency denominated debt security which the Fund owns or intends to acquire by purchasing or
selling options contracts, futures contracts or options thereon with respect to a foreign currency
other than the foreign currency in which such debt security is denominated, where the values of
such different currencies (vis-à-vis the U.S. dollar) historically have a high degree of positive
correlation.
Futures Contracts and Options on Futures. The Fund may purchase and sell financial futures
contracts and options thereon which are traded on a commodities exchange or board of trade for
certain hedging and risk management purposes. A financial futures contract is an agreement to
purchase or sell an agreed amount of securities or currencies at a set price for delivery in the
future. These futures contracts and related options may be on debt securities, financial indices,
securities indices, U.S. government securities and foreign currencies.
A sale of a futures contract (or a short futures position) means the assumption of a
contractual obligation to deliver the securities underlying the contract at a specified price at a
specified future time. A purchase of a futures contract (or a long futures position) means the
assumption of a contractual obligation to acquire the securities underlying the contract at a
specified price at a specified future time. Certain futures contracts, including stock and bond
index futures, are settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the
securities underlying the futures contracts.
No consideration will be paid or received by the Fund upon the purchase or sale of a futures
contract. Initially, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash
equivalents equal to approximately 1% to 10% of the contract amount (this amount is subject to
change by the exchange or board of trade on which the contract is traded and brokers or members of
such board of trade may charge a higher amount). This amount is known as the initial margin and
is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract. Subsequent payments,
known as variation margin, to and from the broker will be made daily as the price of the index or
security underlying the futures contract fluctuates. At any time prior to the expiration of the
futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which
will operate to terminate its existing position in the contract.
An option on a futures contract gives the purchaser the right, in return for the premium paid,
to assume a position in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the
expiration of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the
writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated
balance in the writers futures margin account attributable to that contract, which represents the
amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds, in the case of a call option, or
is less than, in the case of a put option, the exercise price of the option on the futures
contract. The potential loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited
to the premium paid for the option (plus transaction costs). Because the value of the option
purchased is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to
reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option does
change daily and that change would be reflected in the net assets of the Fund.
Futures and options on futures entail certain risks, including but not limited to the
following: no assurance that futures contracts or options on futures can be offset at favorable
prices, possible reduction of the yield of the Fund due to the use of hedging, possible reduction
in value of both the securities hedged and the hedging instrument, possible lack of liquidity due
to daily limits on price fluctuations, imperfect correlation between the contracts and the
securities being hedged, losses from investing in futures transactions that are potentially
unlimited and the segregation requirements described below.
In the event the Fund sells a put option or enters into long futures contracts, under current
interpretations of the 1940 Act, an amount of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid
securities equal to the market value of the contract must be deposited and maintained in a
segregated account with the Funds custodian (the Custodian) to collateralize the positions, in
order for the Fund to avoid being treated as having issued a senior security in the amount of its
obligations. For short positions in futures contracts and sales of call options, the Fund may
establish a segregated account (not with a futures commission merchant or broker) with cash, U.S.
government securities or other high grade debt securities that, when added to amounts deposited
with a futures commission merchant or a broker as margin, equal the market value of the instruments
or currency underlying the futures contracts or call
S-3
options, respectively (but are no less than the stock price of the call option or the market
price at which the short positions were established).
Interest Rate Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. The Fund may purchase or sell interest
rate futures contracts to take advantage of or to protect the Fund against fluctuations in interest
rates affecting the value of debt securities which the Fund holds or intends to acquire. For
example, if interest rates are expected to increase, the Fund might sell futures contracts on debt
securities, the values of which historically have a high degree of positive correlation to the
values of the Funds portfolio securities. Such a sale would have an effect similar to selling an
equivalent value of the Funds portfolio securities. If interest rates increase, the value of the
Funds portfolio securities will decline, but the value of the futures contracts to the Fund will
increase at approximately an equivalent rate thereby keeping the net asset value of the Fund from
declining as much as it otherwise would have. The Fund could accomplish similar results by selling
debt securities with longer maturities and investing in debt securities with shorter maturities
when interest rates are expected to increase. However, since the futures market may be more liquid
than the cash market, the use of futures contracts as a risk management technique allows the Fund
to maintain a defensive position without having to sell its portfolio securities.
Similarly, the Fund may purchase interest rate futures contracts when it is expected that
interest rates may decline. The purchase of futures contracts for this purpose constitutes a hedge
against increases in the price of debt securities (caused by declining interest rates) which the
Fund intends to acquire. Since fluctuations in the value of appropriately selected futures
contracts should approximate that of the debt securities that will be purchased, the Fund can take
advantage of the anticipated rise in the cost of the debt securities without actually buying them.
Subsequently, the Fund can make its intended purchase of the debt securities in the cash market and
currently liquidate its futures position. To the extent the Fund enters into futures contracts for
this purpose, it will maintain in a segregated asset account with the Funds Custodian, assets
sufficient to cover the Funds obligations with respect to such futures contracts, which will
consist of cash or other liquid securities from its portfolio in an amount equal to the difference
between the fluctuating market value of such futures contracts and the aggregate value of the
initial margin deposited by the Fund with its Custodian with respect to such futures contracts.
The purchase of a call option on a futures contract is similar in some respects to the
purchase of a call option on an individual security. Depending on the pricing of the option
compared to either the price of the futures contract upon which it is based or the price of the
underlying debt securities, it may or may not be less risky than ownership of the futures contract
or underlying debt securities. As with the purchase of futures contracts, when the Fund is not
fully invested it may purchase a call option on a futures contract to hedge against a market
advance due to declining interest rates.
The purchase of a put option on a futures contract is similar to the purchase of protective
put options on portfolio securities. The Fund will purchase a put option on a futures contract to
hedge the Funds portfolio against the risk of rising interest rates and a consequent reduction in
the value of portfolio securities.
The writing of a call option on a futures contract constitutes a partial hedge against
declining prices of the securities which are deliverable upon exercise of the futures contract. If
the futures price at expiration of the option is below the exercise price, the Fund will retain the
full amount of the option premium which provides a partial hedge against any decline that may have
occurred in the Funds portfolio holdings. The writing of a put option on a futures contract
constitutes a partial hedge against increasing prices of the securities that are deliverable upon
exercise of the futures contract. If the futures price at expiration of the option is higher than
the exercise price, the Fund will retain the full amount of the option premium, which provides a
partial hedge against any increase in the price of debt securities that the Fund intends to
purchase. If a put or call option the Fund has written is exercised, the Fund will incur a loss
which will be reduced by the amount of the premium it received. Depending on the degree of
correlation between changes in the value of its portfolio securities and changes in the value of
its futures positions, the Funds losses from options on futures it has written may to some extent
be reduced or increased by changes in the value of its portfolio securities.
Currency Futures and Options Thereon. Generally, foreign currency futures contracts and
options thereon are similar to the interest rate futures contracts and options thereon discussed
previously. By entering into currency futures and options thereon, the Fund will seek to establish
the rate at which it will be entitled to exchange U.S. dollars for another currency at a future
time. By selling currency futures, the Fund will seek to establish the number of dollars it will
receive at delivery for a certain amount of a foreign currency. In this way, whenever the
S-4
Fund anticipates a decline in the value of a foreign currency against the U.S. dollar, the
Fund can attempt to lock in the U.S. dollar value of some or all of the securities held in its
portfolio that are denominated in that currency. By purchasing currency futures, the Fund can
establish the number of dollars it will be required to pay for a specified amount of a foreign
currency in a future month. Thus, if the Fund intends to buy securities in the future and expects
the U.S. dollar to decline against the relevant foreign currency during the period before the
purchase is effected, the Fund can attempt to lock in the price in U.S. dollars of the securities
it intends to acquire.
The purchase of options on currency futures will allow the Fund, for the price of the premium
and related transaction costs it must pay for the option, to decide whether or not to buy (in the
case of a call option) or to sell (in the case of a put option) a futures contract at a specified
price at any time during the period before the option expires. If the Investment Adviser, in
purchasing an option, has been correct in its judgment concerning the direction in which the price
of a foreign currency would move against the U.S. dollar, the Fund may exercise the option and
thereby take a futures position to hedge against the risk it had correctly anticipated or close out
the option position at a gain that will offset, to some extent, currency exchange losses otherwise
suffered by the Fund. If exchange rates move in a way the Fund did not anticipate, however, the
Fund will have incurred the expense of the option without obtaining the expected benefit; any such
movement in exchange rates may also thereby reduce rather than enhance the Funds profits on its
underlying securities transactions.
Securities Index Futures Contracts and Options Thereon. Purchases or sales of securities
index futures contracts are used for hedging purposes to attempt to protect the Funds current or
intended investments from broad fluctuations in stock or bond prices. For example, the Fund may
sell securities index futures contracts in anticipation of or during a market decline to attempt to
offset the decrease in market value of the Funds securities portfolio that might otherwise result.
If such decline occurs, the loss in value of portfolio securities may be offset, in whole or part,
by gains on the futures position. When the Fund is not fully invested in the securities market and
anticipates a significant market advance, it may purchase securities index futures contracts in
order to gain rapid market exposure that may, in part or entirely, offset increases in the cost of
securities that the Fund intends to purchase. As such purchases are made, the corresponding
positions in securities index futures contracts will be closed out. The Fund may write put and call
options on securities index futures contracts for hedging purposes.
Forward Currency Exchange Contracts. The Fund may enter into forward foreign currency
exchange contracts to protect the value of its portfolio against uncertainty in the level of future
currency exchange rates between a particular foreign currency and the U.S. dollar or between
foreign currencies in which its securities are or may be denominated. The Fund may enter into such
contracts on a spot, (i.e., cash,) basis at the rate then prevailing in the currency exchange
market or on a forward basis, by entering into a forward contract to purchase or sell currency. A
forward contract on foreign currency is an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a
future date, which may be any fixed number of days agreed upon by the parties from the date of the
contract at a price set on the date of the contract. Forward currency contracts (i) are traded in a
market conducted directly between currency traders (typically, commercial banks or other financial
institutions) and their customers, (ii) generally have no deposit requirements and (iii) are
typically consummated without payment of any commissions. The Fund, however, may enter into forward
currency contracts requiring deposits or involving the payment of commissions. To assure that its
forward currency contracts are not used to achieve investment leverage, the Fund will segregate
liquid assets consisting of cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities with its
Custodian, or a designated subcustodian, in an amount at all times equal to or exceeding its
commitment with respect to the contracts.
It is anticipated that the dealings of the Fund in forward foreign currency exchange will be
limited to hedging, involving either specific transactions or portfolio positions and other risk
management purposes.
Transaction hedging is the purchase or sale of one forward foreign currency for another
currency with respect to specific receivables or payables of the Fund accruing in connection with
the purchase and sale of its portfolio securities or its payment of dividends and distributions.
Position hedging is the purchase or sale of one forward foreign currency for another currency with
respect to portfolio security positions denominated or quoted in the foreign currency to offset the
effect of an anticipated substantial appreciation or depreciation, respectively, in the value of
the currency relative to the U.S. dollar. In this situation, the Fund also may, for example, enter
into a forward contract to sell or purchase a different foreign currency for a fixed U.S. dollar
amount where it is believed that the U.S. dollar value of the currency to be sold or bought
pursuant to the forward contract will fall or rise, as the case may be, whenever there is a decline
or increase, respectively, in the U.S. dollar value of the currency in which its portfolio
securities are denominated (this practice being referred to as a cross-hedge).
S-5
In hedging a specific transaction, the Fund may enter into a forward contract with respect to
either the currency in which the transaction is denominated or another currency deemed appropriate
by the Investment Adviser. The amount the Fund may invest in forward currency contracts is limited
to the amount of its aggregate investments in foreign currencies. The use of forward currency
contracts may involve certain risks, including the failure of the counterparty to perform its
obligations under the contract, and such use may not serve as a complete hedge because of an
imperfect correlation between movements in the prices of the contracts and the prices of the
currencies hedged or used for cover. The Fund will only enter into forward currency contracts with
parties which the Investment Adviser believes to be creditworthy institutions.
Special Risk Considerations Relating to Futures and Options Thereon. The Funds ability to
establish and close out positions in futures contracts and options thereon will be subject to the
development and maintenance of liquid markets. Although the Fund generally will purchase or sell
only those futures contracts and options thereon for which there appears to be a liquid market,
there is no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular futures
contract or option thereon at any particular time. In the event no liquid market exists for a
particular futures contract or option thereon in which the Fund maintains a position, it will not
be possible to effect a closing transaction in that contract or to do so at a satisfactory price
and the Fund would have to either make or take delivery under the futures contract or, in the case
of a written option, wait to sell the underlying securities until the option expires or is
exercised or, in the case of a purchased option, exercise the option. In the case of a futures
contract or an option thereon which the Fund has written and which the Fund is unable to close, the
Fund would be required to maintain margin deposits on the futures contract or option thereon and to
make variation margin payments until the contract is closed.
Successful use of futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts by the Fund is
subject to the ability of the Investment Adviser to predict correctly movements in the direction of
interest and foreign currency rates. If the Investment Advisers expectations are not met, the Fund
will be in a worse position than if a hedging strategy had not been pursued. For example, if the
Fund has hedged against the possibility of an increase in interest rates that would adversely
affect the price of securities in its portfolio and the price of such securities increases instead,
the Fund will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased value of its securities because it
will have offsetting losses in its futures positions. In addition, in such situations, if the Fund
has insufficient cash to meet daily variation margin requirements, it may have to sell securities
to meet the requirements. These sales may be, but will not necessarily be, at increased prices
which reflect the rising market. The Fund may have to sell securities at a time when it is
disadvantageous to do so.
Additional Risks of Foreign Options, Futures Contracts, Options on Futures Contracts and
Forward Contracts. Options, futures contracts and options thereon and forward contracts on
securities and currencies may be traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be
regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing
mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting
trading in, or the prices of, securities of foreign issuers (Foreign Securities). The value of
such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and
economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make
trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Funds ability to act upon economic events occurring in the
foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different
exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and
(v) less trading volume.
Exchanges on which options, futures and options on futures are traded may impose limits on the
positions that the Fund may take in certain circumstances.
Warrants and Rights. The Fund may invest without limit in warrants or rights (including those
acquired in units or attached to other securities) that entitle the holder to buy equity securities
at a specific price for a specific period of time but will do so only if such equity securities are
deemed appropriate by the Investment Adviser for inclusion in the Funds portfolio.
The Fund and the Investment Adviser Are Not Registered as Commodity Pool Operators. The Fund
and the Investment Adviser have claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term commodity
pool operator under the Commodity Exchange Act relating to registered investment companies.
Accordingly, the Fund and its investments in derivative instruments described in the Prospectus and
this SAI are not limited by or subject to
S-6
regulation under the Commodity Exchange Act or otherwise regulated by the Commodity Futures
Trading Commission.
Risks of Currency Transactions. Currency transactions are also subject to risks different
from those of other portfolio transactions. Because currency control is of great importance to the
issuing governments and influences economic planning and policy, purchases and sales of currency
and related instruments can be adversely affected by government exchange controls, limitations or
restrictions on repatriation of currency, and manipulation, or exchange restrictions imposed by
governments. These forms of governmental action can result in losses to the Fund if it is unable to
deliver or receive currency or monies in settlement of obligations and could also cause hedges it
has entered into to be rendered useless, resulting in full currency exposure as well as incurring
transaction costs.
Loans of Portfolio Securities. Consistent with applicable regulatory requirements and the
Funds investment restrictions, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to securities
broker-dealers or financial institutions, provided that such loans are callable at any time by the
Fund (subject to notice provisions described below), and are at all times secured by cash, cash
equivalents or other liquid securities which are maintained in a segregated account pursuant to
applicable regulations and that are at least equal to the market value, determined daily, of the
loaned securities. The advantage of such loans is that the Fund continues to receive the income on
the loaned securities while at the same time earns interest on the cash amounts deposited as
collateral, which will be invested in short-term obligations. The Fund will not lend its portfolio
securities if such loans are not permitted by the laws or regulations of any state in which its
shares are qualified for sale. The Funds loans of portfolio securities will be collateralized in
accordance with applicable regulatory requirements and no loan will cause the value of all loaned
securities to exceed 20% of the value of the Funds total assets. The Funds ability to lend
portfolio securities may be limited by rating agency guidelines (if any).
A loan may generally be terminated by the borrower on one business day notice, or by the Fund
on five business days notice. If the borrower fails to deliver the loaned securities within five
days after receipt of notice, the Fund could use the collateral to replace the securities while
holding the borrower liable for any excess of replacement cost over collateral. As with any
extensions of credit, there are risks of delay in recovery and in some cases even loss of rights in
the collateral should the borrower of the securities fail financially. However, these loans of
portfolio securities will only be made to firms deemed by the Investment Adviser to be creditworthy
and when the income which can be earned from such loans justifies the attendant risks. The Board
will oversee the creditworthiness of the contracting parties on an ongoing basis. Upon termination
of the loan, the borrower is required to return the securities to the Fund. Any gain or loss in the
market price during the loan period would inure to the Fund. The risks associated with loans of
portfolio securities are substantially similar to those associated with repurchase agreements.
Thus, if the counterparty to the loan petitions for bankruptcy or becomes subject to the United
States Bankruptcy Code, the law regarding the rights of the Fund is unsettled. As a result, under
extreme circumstances, there may be a restriction on the Funds ability to sell the collateral and
the Fund would suffer a loss. When voting or consent rights which accompany loaned securities pass
to the borrower, the Fund will follow the policy of calling the loaned securities, to be delivered
within one day after notice, to permit the exercise of such rights if the matters involved would
have a material effect on the Funds investment in such loaned securities. The Fund will pay
reasonable finders, administrative and custodial fees in connection with a loan of its securities.
When Issued, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. The Fund may enter into
forward commitments for the purchase or sale of securities, including on a when issued or
delayed delivery basis, in excess of customary settlement periods for the type of security
involved. In some cases, a forward commitment may be conditioned upon the occurrence of a
subsequent event, such as approval and consummation of a merger, corporate reorganization or debt
restructuring (i.e., a when, as and if issued security). When such transactions are negotiated, the
price is fixed at the time of the commitment, with payment and delivery taking place in the future,
generally a month or more after the date of the commitment. While it will only enter into a forward
commitment with the intention of actually acquiring the security, the Fund may sell the security
before the settlement date if it is deemed advisable by the Investment Adviser.
Securities purchased under a forward commitment are subject to market fluctuation, and no
interest (or dividends) accrues to the Fund prior to the settlement date. The Fund will segregate
with its Custodian cash or other liquid securities in an aggregate amount at least equal to the
amount of its outstanding forward commitments.
S-7
INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS
The Fund operates under the following restrictions that constitute fundamental policies that,
except as otherwise noted, cannot be changed without the affirmative vote of the holders of a
majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund voting
together as a single class. In addition, pursuant to the Statements of Preferences, the
affirmative vote of the holders of a majority (as defined under the 1940 Act) of the outstanding
preferred shares of the Fund voting as a separate class is also required to change a fundamental
policy. Except as otherwise noted, all percentage limitations set forth below apply immediately
after a purchase or initial investment and any subsequent change in any applicable percentage
resulting from market fluctuations does not require any action. The Fund may not:
|
(1) |
|
invest more than 25% of its total assets, taken at market value at the time of
each investment, in the securities of issuers in any particular industry. This
restriction does not apply to investments in U.S. government securities; |
|
|
(2) |
|
purchase commodities or commodity contracts if such purchase would result in
regulation of the Fund as a commodity pool operator; |
|
|
(3) |
|
purchase or sell real estate, provided the Fund may invest in securities and
other instruments secured by real estate or interests therein or issued by companies
that invest in real estate or interests therein; |
|
|
(4) |
|
make loans of money or other property, except that (i) the Fund may acquire
debt obligations of any type (including through extensions of credit), enter into
repurchase agreements and lend portfolio assets and (ii) the Fund may, with respect to
up to 20% of the Funds total assets, lend money or other property to other investment
companies advised by the Investment Adviser pursuant to a common lending program to the
extent permitted by applicable law; |
|
|
(5) |
|
borrow money, except to the extent permitted by applicable law; |
|
|
(6) |
|
issue senior securities, except to the extent permitted by applicable law; or |
|
|
(7) |
|
underwrite securities of other issuers, except insofar as the Fund may be
deemed an underwriter under applicable law in selling portfolio securities; provided,
however, this restriction shall not apply to securities of any investment company
organized by the Fund that are to be distributed pro rata as a dividend to its
shareholders. |
S-8
MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND
Trustees and Officers
Overall responsibility for management and supervision of the Fund rests with its Board. The
Board approves all significant agreements between the Fund and the companies that furnish the Fund
with services, including agreements with the Investment Adviser, the Funds custodian and the
Funds transfer agent. The day-to-day operations of the Fund are delegated to the Investment
Adviser.
The names and business addresses of the Trustees and principal officers of the Fund are set
forth in the following table, together with their positions and their principal occupations during
the past five years and, in the case of the trustees, their positions with certain other
organizations and companies.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number Of |
|
|
Term of Office And |
|
|
|
Other Directorships |
|
Portfolios In Fund |
Name, Position(s) |
|
Length Of Time |
|
Principal Occupation(s) |
|
Held By Trustee |
|
Complex(3) Overseen |
Address(1) And Age |
|
Served(2) |
|
During Past Five Years |
|
During Past Five Years |
|
By Trustee |
INTERESTED TRUSTEES (4): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mario J. Gabelli
Trustee and
Chief Investment
Officer Age: 68
|
|
Since 2006***
|
|
Chairman and Chief
Executive Officer of
GAMCO Investors, Inc.
and Chief Investment
Officer Value
Portfolios of Gabelli
Funds, LLC and GAMCO
Asset Management Inc.;
Director/Trustee and/or
Chief Investment
Officer of other
registered investment
companies in the
Gabelli/GAMCO Funds
complex; Chief
Executive Officer of
GGCP, Inc.
|
|
Director of Morgan
Group Holdings, Inc.
(holding company);
Chairman of the Board
of LICT Corp.
(multimedia and
communication
services); Director
of CIBL, Inc.
(broadcasting and
wireless
communications)
|
|
|
26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward T. Tokar
Trustee
Age: 63
|
|
Since 2006**
|
|
Senior Managing
Director of Beacon
Trust Company (trust
services) since 2004;
Chief Executive
Officer of Allied
Capital Management LLC
(1997-2004); Vice
President of Honeywell
International Inc.
(1977-2004)
|
|
Director of CH Energy
Group (energy
services); Trustee of
Levco Series Trust
Mutual Funds through
2005; Director of DB
Hedge Strategies Fund
through March 2007;
Director of Topiary
Fund for Benefit Plan
Investors (BPI) LLC
through December 2007; Director
Teton Advisors, Inc.
(financial services 2008-2010)
|
|
|
2 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES(5): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony J. Colavita(6)
Trustee
Age: 75
|
|
Since 2006**
|
|
President of the law firm of Anthony J. Colavita, P.C.
|
|
|
|
|
35 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James P. Conn(6)
Trustee
Age: 73
|
|
Since 2006*
|
|
Former Managing
Director and Chief
Investment Officer of
Financial Security
Assurance Holdings
Ltd. (insurance
holding company
(1992-1998)
|
|
Director of First Republic Bank
(banking) through January 2008; Director of La Quinta Corp. (hotels)
through Jan 2006
|
|
|
18 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clarence A. Davis
Trustee
Age: 69
|
|
Since 2006*
|
|
Former Chief Executive
Officer of Nestor,
Inc. (2007-2009);
Former Chief Operating
Officer (2000-2005)
and Chief Financial
Officer (1999-2000) of
the American Institute
of Certified Public
Accountants
|
|
Director of Oneida
Ltd. (kitchenware)
(2005-2006); Director
of Telephone & Data
Systems, Inc.
(telephone services);
Director of
Pennichuck Corp.
(water supply);
Director of Sonesta
International Hotels
Corp. (hotels)
(2005-2006);
|
|
|
2 |
|
S-9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number Of |
|
|
Term of Office And |
|
|
|
Other Directorships |
|
Portfolios In Fund |
Name, Position(s) |
|
Length Of Time |
|
Principal Occupation(s) |
|
Held By Trustee |
|
Complex(3) Overseen |
Address(1) And Age |
|
Served(2) |
|
During Past Five Years |
|
During Past Five Years |
|
By Trustee |
Mario dUrso
Trustee
Age: 70
|
|
Since 2006***
|
|
Chairman of Mittel
Capital Markets S.p.A.
(2001-2008); Senator
in the Italian
Parliament (1996-2001)
|
|
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Arthur V. Ferrara
Trustee
Age:
|
|
Since 2006*
|
|
Former Chairman of the
Board and Chief
Executive Officer of
The Guardian Life
Insurance Company of
America (1992-1995)
|
|
|
|
|
8 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Melarkey
Trustee
Age: 61
|
|
Since 2006***
|
|
Partner in the law
firm of Avansino,
Melarkey, Knobel,
Mulligan & McKenzie
|
|
Director of Southwest
Gas Corporation
(natural gas utility)
|
|
|
5 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salvatore
J. Zizza
Trustee
Age: 65
|
|
Since 2006**
|
|
Chairman of Zizza & Co., Ltd.
(financial consulting) since 1978; Chairman of Metropolitan Paper
Recycling Inc. (recycling) since 2006; Chairman of BAM Inc.
(manufacturing); Chairman of E-Corp English (Global English
instruction for corporate personnel) since 2009
|
|
Non-Executive Chairman and Director
of Harbor Biosciences, Inc. (biotechnology); Vice-Chairman and
Director of Trans-Lux Corporation (business services); Chairman and
Chief Executive Officer of General Employment Enterprises, Inc.
(staffing); Director of Bion Environmental Technologies (technology)
(2005-2008); Director of Earl Scheib Inc. (automotive painting)
through April 2009
|
|
|
28 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name (and Age), |
|
|
|
|
Position with the Fund and |
|
Term of Office and |
|
Principal Occupation During |
Business Address(1) |
|
Length of Time Served |
|
Past Five Years |
Officers(7): |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Bruce N. Alpert
President
Age: 59
|
|
Since 2006
|
|
Executive Vice President
(since 1999) and Chief
Operating Officer (since
1988) of Gabelli Funds,
LLC, Chairman (2008-2010) of Teton
Advisors, Inc., Director (since 2008), and
President (1998-2008); Senior
Vice President of GAMCO
Investors, Inc. since
2008; Officer of all of
the registered investment
companies in the
Gabelli/GAMCO Fund Complex |
|
|
|
|
|
Carter W. Austin
Vice President
Age: 44
|
|
Since 2006
|
|
Vice President of the Fund
since 2006; Vice President
of other registered
investment companies in
the Gabelli/GAMCO Fund
Complex; Vice President of
Gabelli Funds, LLC since
1996 |
|
|
|
|
|
Peter D. Goldstein
Chief Compliance Officer
Age: 58
|
|
Since 2006
|
|
Director of Regulatory
Affairs for GAMCO
Investors, Inc. since
2004; Chief Compliance
Officer of all of the
registered investment
companies in the
Gabelli/GAMCO Fund Complex |
|
|
|
|
|
Laurissa Martire
Ombudsman
Age: 34
|
|
Since February 2010
|
|
Ombudsman of the Fund
since 2010; Vice President
or Ombudsman of other
registered investment
companies in the Gabelli/GAMCO
Fund Complex;
Assistant Vice President
of GAMCO Investors, Inc.
since 2003 |
|
|
|
|
|
Agnes Mullady
Treasurer and Secretary
Age: 52
|
|
Since 2006
|
|
Senior Vice President of
GAMCO Investors, Inc.
since 2009; Vice President
of Gabelli Funds, LLC
since 2007; Officer of all
of the registered
investment companies in
the Gabelli/GAMCO Fund
Complex; Senior Vice
President of U.S. Trust
Company, N.A. and
Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer of
Excelsior Funds from
2004-2005 |
S-10
|
|
|
|
|
Name (and Age), |
|
|
|
|
Position with the Fund and |
|
Term of Office and |
|
Principal Occupation During |
Business Address(1) |
|
Length of Time Served |
|
Past Five Years |
David I. Schachter
Vice President
Age: 57
|
|
Since 2006
|
|
Vice President of the Fund
since 2006; Vice President
of other registered
investment companies in
the Gabelli/GAMCO Funds
Complex; Vice President of
Gabelli & Company, Inc.
since 1999 |
|
|
|
(1) |
|
Address: One Corporate Center, Rye, NY 10580-1422, unless otherwise noted. |
|
(2) |
|
The Funds Board of Trustees is divided into three classes, each class having a term of three
years. Each year the term of office of one class expires and the successor or successors
elected to such class serve for a three-year term. |
|
(3) |
|
The Fund Complex or the Gabelli/GAMCO Fund Complex includes all the registered funds that
are considered part of the same fund complex as the Fund because they have common or
affiliated investment advisers. |
|
(4) |
|
Interested person of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act. Mr. Gabelli is considered to be
an interested person of the Fund because of his affiliation with the Funds Adviser and
Gabelli & Company, Inc., which executes portfolio transactions for the Fund, and as a
controlling shareholder because of the level of his ownership of common shares of the Fund.
Mr. Tokar is considered to be an interested person of the Fund as a result of his sons
employment by an affiliate of the Adviser. |
|
(5) |
|
Trustees who are not considered to be interested persons of the Fund as defined in the 1940
Act are considered to be Independent Trustees. |
|
(6) |
|
As a Trustee, elected solely by holders of the Funds Preferred Shares. |
|
(7) |
|
Each officer will hold office for an indefinite term until the date he or she resigns or
retires or until his or her successor is elected and qualified. |
|
* |
|
Term continues, if elected, until the Funds 2014 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until
his successor is duly elected and qualified. |
|
** |
|
Term continues until the Funds 2013 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until his successor
is duly elected and qualified. |
|
*** |
|
Term continues until the Funds 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders and until his successor
is duly elected and qualified. |
The Board believes that each Trustees experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an
individual basis and in combination with those of other Trustees lead to the conclusion that each
Trustee should serve in such capacity. Among the attributes or skills common to all Trustees are
their ability to review critically and to evaluate, question and discuss information provided to
them, to interact effectively with the other Trustees, the Adviser, the sub-administrator, other
service providers, counsel and the Funds independent registered public accounting firm, and to
exercise effective and independent business judgment in the performance of their duties as
Trustees. Each Trustees ability to perform his duties effectively has been attained in large part
through the Trustees business, consulting or public service positions and through experience from
service as a member of the Board and one or more of the other funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO Fund
Complex, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations as set forth above and
below. Each Trustees ability to perform his duties effectively also has been enhanced by his
education, professional training and other life experiences.
Anthony
J. Colavita, Esq. Mr. Colavita is a practicing attorney with over 49 years of
experience. He is the Chair of the Funds Nominating Committee and is a member of the Funds Audit
Committee. Mr. Colavita also serves on comparable or other board committees with respect to other
funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. Mr. Colavita also serves as a Trustee of a
charitable remainder unitrust. He formerly served as a Commissioner of the New York State Thruway
Authority and as a Commissioner of the New York State Bridge Authority. He served for ten years as
the elected Supervisor of the Town of Eastchester, New York, responsible for ten annual municipal
budgets of approximately eight million dollars per year. Mr. Colavita formerly served as special
counsel to the New York State Assembly for five years and as a Senior Attorney with the New York
State Insurance Department. He was also formerly Chairman of the Westchester County Republican
Party and the New York State Republican Party. Mr. Colavita received his Bachelor of Arts from
Fairfield University and his Juris Doctor from Fordham University School of Law.
James
P. Conn. Mr. Conn is the lead independent Trustee of the Fund, is a member of the Funds
Proxy Voting Committee and also serves on comparable or other board committees for other funds in
the Fund Complex on whose boards he sits. He was a senior business executive of an insurance
holding company for much of his career, including service as Chief Investment Officer, and has been
a director of several public companies in banking and other industries, for some of which he was
lead Director and/or Chair of various committees. Mr. Conn received his Bachelor of Science in
Business Administration from Santa Clara University.
Clarence A. Davis. Mr. Davis was the Chief Executive
Officer of Nestor, Inc. until January 2009 and was a director of
the company until it went into receivership in June 2009. He is
a member of the Funds Audit Committee and also serves on
comparable or other board committees with respect to other funds
in the Fund Complex. Mr. Davis formerly served as the
Chief Operating Officer and Chief Financial Officer of the
American Institute of Certified Public Accountants.
Mr. Davis also has served as an Audit Committee member and
Director of Oneida Ltd; Telephone & Data Systems, Inc.;
Pennichuck Corp. (a water supply company); and Sonesta
International Hotels Corp. Mr. Davis founded Clarence A.
Davis Enterprises, Inc., which provided financial and
organizational consulting, due diligence for acquisitions and
forensic accounting for various industries for eight years.
Mr. Davis was a Senior Audit Partner for 12 years,
which encompassed a career of 23 years in public accounting
for Spicer & Oppenheim. He is a former Chairman of the
Accountants for Public Interest/Support Center of New York and
the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants Minority
Recruitment Committee. Mr. Davis was appointed to the
American Red Cross Liberty Fund and September 11 Recovery
Oversight Commission; the New York State Board of Public
Accountancy; and the Future Issues Committee of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants. He has served as a
Consultant for the American Red Cross National Office. Also,
Mr. Davis was a faculty member of the Long Island
University Brooklyn Center; the New York Institute of Finance;
and the Foundation for Accounting Education. Mr. Davis
received a Bachelor of Science Degree in Accounting from Long
Island University. Mr. Davis received his CPA license in 1975.
S-11
Mario
dUrso. Mr. dUrso was formerly a Senator and Undersecretary of Commerce in the Italian
government. He is a member of the board of other funds in the Fund Complex. He is a former Chairman
of Mittel Capital Market S.p.A., a boutique investment bank headquartered in Italy, and a former
Partner and Managing Director of Kuhn Loeb & Co. and Shearson Lehman Brothers Co. He previously
served as President of The Italy Fund, a closed-end fund investing mainly in Italian listed and
non-listed companies. Mr. dUrso received his Masters Degree in comparative law from George
Washington University and was formerly a practicing attorney in Italy.
Arthur
V. Ferrara. Mr. Ferrara is the Former Chairman of the Board and Chief Executive Officer
of The Guardian Life Insurance Company of America and formerly served on the boards of The Guardian
Insurance and Annuity Company and funds managed by Guardian Investor Services Corporation. He also
is a former Chairman of the Life Insurance Council of New York Inc. He is also Chairman of the
Funds ad hoc Pricing Committee and a member of the Funds Proxy Voting Committee and also serves on
comparable or other board committees with respect to other funds in the Fund Complex, on whose
boards he sits. Mr. Ferrara also is a member of the multi-fund Compensation Committee
(described below under Trustees Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities) relating to
certain offices of the closed end funds in the Fund Complex. Mr. Ferrara received his Bachelor of
Science in Business Administration from the College of the Holy Cross.
Mario
J. Gabelli. Mr. Gabelli is Chief Investment Officer of the Fund. He also currently
serves as Chairman of the boards of other funds in the Fund Complex. Mr. Gabelli is presently
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer of GAMCO Investors, Inc. (GAMCO), a NYSE-listed investment
advisory firm. He is also the Chief Investment Officer of Value Portfolios of Gabelli Funds, LLC,
and GAMCO Asset Management, Inc., which are each asset management subsidiaries of GAMCO. In
addition, Mr. Gabelli is Chief Executive Officer and a director and the controlling shareholder of
GGCP, Inc., an investment holding company that holds a majority interest in GAMCO. Mr. Gabelli also
sits on the boards of other publicly traded companies and private firms, and various charitable
foundations and educational institutions, including as a Trustee of Boston College and as a member
of the Board of Overseers of Columbia University School of Business. Mr. Gabelli received his
Bachelors degree from Fordham University and his Masters of Business Administration from Columbia
University School of Business.
Michael
J. Melarkey. Mr. Melarkey is a practicing attorney specializing in business, estate
planning, and gaming regulatory work with over 34 years of experience. He serves as a member of the
Nominating Committee with respect to some of the other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he
sits. He is currently a Director of a natural gas utility company and chairs its Nominating and
Corporate Governance Committee. Mr. Melarkey also is a member of the multi-fund Compensation
Committee relating to certain offices of the closed end funds in the Fund Complex. Mr. Melarkey
also acts as a Trustee and officer for several private charitable organizations, is an owner of two
northern Nevada casinos and an
officer of a private oil and gas company. Mr. Melarkey received his Bachelor of Arts from the
University of Nevada, Reno, his Juris Doctor from the University of San Francisco School of Law,
and his Masters of Law in Taxation from New York University Law School.
Edward
T. Tokar. Mr. Tokar has been the Senior Managing Director of Beacon Trust Company, a
trust services company since 2004. He serves as Chairman of the
Funds ad hoc Pricing and Proxy Voting
Committees. He has been a Director of Teton Advisors, Inc. since 2008. Mr. Tokar also serves as a
Director of an energy services company. He was previously the Chief Executive Officer of Allied
Capital Management LLC and Vice President Investments of Honeywell International Inc.
(Honeywell). Mr. Tokar formerly served as a Director or Trustee of DB Hedge Strategies Fund,
Topiary Fund for Benefit Plan Investors (BPI) LLC and Levco Series Trust Mutual Funds. Mr. Tokar
has over 36 years of investment experience in managing and directing investments in public and
private securities involving stocks, bonds, high yield securities, private placements,
international investments, and various partnership participations. As the former Vice President of
Investments of Honeywell and Chief Executive Officer of Allied Capital Management LLC, he was
responsible for the investment of employee benefit fund assets worldwide, where his operations were
widely recognized for excellence. He is Trustee Emeritus of the College of William & Mary, and
currently serves on the Board of the William & Mary School of Business Foundation. Mr. Tokar has
served on numerous advisory boards and professional organizations throughout his career. He is a
Certified Public Accountant. Mr. Tokar graduated from the University of Maryland, with a Bachelor
of Science degree with High Honors, and received a Masters in Business Administration from the
College of William & Mary.
Salvatore
J. Zizza. Mr. Zizza is the Chairman of a private holding
company. He also serves as Chairman to other companies involved in
manufacturing, recycling, and real estate. He is the Chair of the
Funds Audit Committee and has been designated the Funds Audit Committee Financial Expert. Mr.
Zizza is also a member of the Funds Nominating and Pricing Committees and both multi-fund ad hoc
Compensation Committees. In addition, he serves on comparable or other board committees, including
as lead independent director, with respect to other funds in the Fund Complex on whose boards he
sits. Besides serving on the boards of many funds within the Fund Complex, he is currently a
Director of two other public companies and has previously served on the boards of several other
public companies. He also previously served as the Chief Executive of a large construction company
which was a NYSE-listed company. Mr. Zizza received his Bachelor of Arts and his Master of Business
Administration in Finance from St. Johns University, which also has awarded him an Honorary
Doctorate in Commercial Sciences.
Trustees Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities
Overall responsibility for general oversight of the Fund rests with the Board. The Board does
not have a Chairman. The Board has appointed Mr. Conn as the lead independent Trustee. The lead
independent Trustee presides over executive sessions of the Trustees and also serves between
meetings of the Board as a liaison with service providers, officers, counsel and other Trustees on
a wide variety of matters including agenda items for Board meetings. Designation as such does not
impose on the lead independent Trustee any obligations or standards greater than or different from
other Trustees. The Board has established a Nominating Committee and an Audit Committee to assist
the Board in the oversight of the management and affairs of the Fund. The Board also has an ad hoc
Proxy Voting Committee that exercises beneficial ownership responsibilities on behalf of the Fund
in selected situations. From time to time the Board establishes additional committees or informal
working groups, such as pricing committees related to securities offerings by the Fund, to deal
with specific matters or assigns one of its members to participate with Trustees or directors of
other funds in the Gabelli/GAMCO Fund Complex on special committees or working groups that deal
with complex-wide matters, such as the multi-fund ad hoc Compensation Committee relating to
compensation of the Chief Compliance Officer for all the funds in the Fund Complex and a separate
multi-fund Compensation Committee relating to certain officers of the closed-end funds in the Fund
Complex.
All of the Funds Trustees other than Mr. Gabelli and Mr. Tokar are independent
Trustees, and the Board believes they are able to provide effective oversight of the Funds service
providers. In addition to providing feedback and direction during Board meetings, the Trustees meet
regularly in executive session and chair all committees of the Board.
S-12
The Funds operations entail a variety of risks including investment, administration,
valuation and a range of compliance matters. Although the Adviser, the sub-administrator and the
officers of the Fund are responsible for managing these risks on a day-to-day basis within the
framework of their established risk management functions, the Board also addresses risk management
of the Fund through its meetings and those of the committees and working groups. In particular, as
part of its general oversight, the Board reviews with the Adviser at Board meetings the levels and
types of risks being undertaken by the Fund, and the Audit Committee discusses the Funds risk
management and controls with the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by the Fund.
The Board reviews valuation policies and procedures and the valuations of specific illiquid
securities. The Board also receives periodic reports from the Funds Chief Compliance Officer
regarding compliance matters relating to the Fund and its major service providers, including
results of the implementation and testing of the Funds and such providers compliance programs.
The Boards oversight function is facilitated by management reporting processes that are designed
to provide visibility to the Board about the identification, assessment and management of critical
risks and the controls and policies and procedures used to mitigate those risks. The Board reviews
its role in supervising the Funds risk management from time to time and may make changes in its
discretion at any time.
The Board has determined that its leadership structure is appropriate for the Fund because it
enables the Board to exercise informed and independent judgment over matters under its purview,
allocates responsibility among committees in a manner that fosters effective oversight and allows
the Board to devote appropriate resources to specific issues in a flexible manner as they arise.
The Board periodically reviews its leadership structure as well as its overall structure,
composition and functioning and may make changes in its discretion at any time.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dollar Range of Common Equity |
|
Dollar Range of
Preferred Equity |
|
Aggregate dollar Range of Equity |
|
|
Securities Held |
|
Securities Held |
|
Securities Held in the |
Name of Trustee |
|
in the Fund*(1) |
|
in the Fund*(1) |
|
Family of Investment Companies*(1)(2) |
INTERESTED TRUSTEES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mario J. Gabelli |
|
E |
|
E |
|
E |
Edward T. Tokar |
|
D |
|
A |
|
E |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony J. Colavita |
|
B |
|
B |
|
E |
James P. Conn |
|
E |
|
D |
|
E |
Clarence A. Davis |
|
A |
|
A |
|
B |
Mario dUrso |
|
A |
|
A |
|
E |
Arthur V.
Ferrara |
|
C |
|
B |
|
E |
Michael J. Melarkey |
|
D |
|
D |
|
E |
Salvatore J. Zizza |
|
A |
|
A |
|
E |
|
|
|
* |
|
The letters in the above table correspond to the following dollar ranges: |
|
(1) |
|
This information has been furnished by each Trustee as of December 31, 2010. Beneficial
Ownership is determined in accordance with Rule 16a-1(a)(2) of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the 1934
Act). |
|
(2) |
|
The term Family of Investment Companies includes
two or more registered funds that share the same investment adviser
or principal underwriter and hold themselves out to investors as
related companies for purposes of investment and investor services.
Currently the registered funds that comprise the Fund
Complex are identical to those that comprise the
Family of Investment Companies. |
S-13
A= 0
B=$1 $10,000
C=$10,001 $50,000
D=$50,001 $100,000
E= Over $100,000
As of the date of the SAI, Mario J. Gabelli may be deemed to beneficially own over $100,000 of
the common shares of the Fund, which are held by GAMCO Investors Inc.
The Trustees serving on the Funds Nominating Committee are Anthony J. Colavita (Chairman) and
Salvatore J. Zizza. The Nominating Committee is responsible for recommending qualified candidates
to the Board in the event that a position is vacated or created. The Nominating Committee would
consider recommendations by shareholders if a vacancy were to exist. Such recommendations should
be forwarded to the Secretary of the Fund. The Fund does not have a standing compensation
committee. The Nominating Committee did not meet in 2010.
Anthony J. Colavita, Clarence A. Davis, and Salvatore J. Zizza (Chair), who are not
interested persons of the Fund as defined in the 1940 Act, serve on the Funds Audit Committee.
The Audit Committee is generally responsible for reviewing and evaluating issues related to the
accounting and financial reporting policies and internal controls of the Fund and, as appropriate,
the internal controls of certain service providers, overseeing the quality and objectivity of the
Funds financial statements and the audit thereof and to act as a liaison between the Board and the
Funds Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. The Audit Committee met twice in 2010.
The Trust also has a Proxy Voting Committee, which, if so determined by the Board, is
authorized to exercise voting power and/or dispositive power over specific securities held in the
Funds portfolio for such period as the Board may determine. The Trustees serving on the Proxy
Voting Committee are Messrs. Edward T. Tokar (Chairman), James P. Conn and Arthur V. Ferrara. The
Proxy Voting Committee did not meet in 2010.
Remuneration of Trustees and Officers
The Fund pays each Trustee who is not affiliated with the Investment Adviser or its affiliates
a fee of $6,000 per year plus $1,000 per board meeting attended in person ($500 if attended
telephonically) and $500 per committee meeting attended, together with each Trustees actual
out-of-pocket expenses relating to attendance at such meetings.
The following table shows the estimated compensation that the Trustees earned in their
capacity as Trustees during the Funds year ending December 31, 2010. The table also shows, for the
year ended December 31, 2010, the compensation Trustees earned in their capacity as trustees for
other funds in the Gabelli Fund Complex.
S-14
Compensation Table
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Compensation from |
|
|
Number of such |
|
|
|
Aggregate |
|
|
the Fund and Fund |
|
|
Investment |
|
|
|
Compensation From |
|
|
Complex Paid to |
|
|
Companies and |
|
Name of Person and Position |
|
the Fund |
|
|
Trustees* |
|
|
Portfolios |
|
INTERESTED TRUSTEES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mario J. Gabelli |
|
$ |
|
|
|
$ |
|
|
|
|
(26 |
) |
Trustee and
Chief Investment Officer |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Edward T. Tokar |
|
$ |
11,000 |
|
|
$ |
32,500 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony J. Colavita |
|
$ |
14,111 |
|
|
$ |
254,500 |
|
|
|
(35 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
James P. Conn |
|
$ |
11,625 |
|
|
$ |
144,500 |
|
|
|
(17 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Clarence A. Davis |
|
$ |
12,500 |
|
|
$ |
19,000 |
|
|
|
(2 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mario dUrso |
|
$ |
10,125 |
|
|
$ |
46,500 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Anthony V. Ferrara |
|
$ |
11,000 |
|
|
$ |
42,000 |
|
|
|
(8 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Michael J. Melarkey |
|
$ |
10,750 |
|
|
$ |
50,000 |
|
|
|
(4 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Salvatore J. Zizza |
|
$ |
15,278 |
|
|
$ |
212,000 |
|
|
|
(27 |
) |
Trustee |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
* |
|
Represents the total compensation paid to such persons during the year ended December 31,
2010 by investment companies (including the Fund) or portfolios thereof from which such person
receives compensation that are considered part of the same fund complex as the Fund because
they have common or affiliated investment advisers. The number in parentheses represents the
number of such investment companies and portfolios. |
Indemnification of Officers and Trustees; Limitations on Liability
The Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund provides that the Fund will indemnify its
trustees and officers and may indemnify its employees or agents against liabilities and expenses
incurred in connection with litigation in which they may be involved because of their positions
with the Fund to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, nothing in the Agreement and
Declaration of Trust of the Fund protects or indemnifies a trustee, officer, employee or agent of
the Fund against any liability to which such person would otherwise be subject in the event of such
persons willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties
involved in the conduct of his or her position.
Investment Advisory and Administrative Arrangements
Gabelli Funds,
LLC serves as the Funds Investment Adviser pursuant to the Investment Advisory
Agreement with the Fund. The Investment Adviser is a New York limited liability company with
principal offices located at One Corporate Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422 and is registered under
the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 (the Advisers Act). The Investment Adviser was organized in
1999 and is the successor to Gabelli Funds, Inc., which was organized in 1980. As of December 31,
2010, the Investment Adviser acts as registered investment adviser to 25 management investment
companies with aggregate net assets of $18.3 billion. The Investment Adviser, together with the
other affiliated investment advisers noted below had assets under management totaling approximately
$33.3 billion as of December 31, 2010. GAMCO Asset Management Inc., an affiliate of the Investment
Adviser, acts as investment adviser for individuals, pension trusts, profit sharing trusts and
endowments, and as a sub-adviser to management investment companies having aggregate assets of
$13.7 billion under management as of December 31, 2010. Gabelli Securities, Inc., an affiliate of
the Investment Adviser, acts as investment adviser for investment partnerships and entities having
aggregate assets of approximately $515 million as of December 31, 2010. Teton Advisors, Inc., an
S-15
affiliate of the Investment Adviser, acts as investment manager to the GAMCO Westwood Funds and
separately managed accounts having aggregate assets of approximately $819 million under management
as of December 31, 2010.
Affiliates of the Investment Adviser may, in the ordinary course of their business, acquire
for their own account or for the accounts of their advisory clients, significant (and possibly
controlling) positions in the securities of companies that may also be suitable for investment by
the Fund. The securities in which the Fund might invest may thereby be limited to some extent.
For instance, many companies in the past several years have adopted so-called poison pill or
other defensive measures designed to discourage or prevent the completion of non-negotiated offers
for control of the company. Such defensive measures may have the effect of limiting the shares of
the company which might otherwise be acquired by the Fund if the affiliates of the Investment
Adviser or their advisory accounts have or acquire a significant position in the same securities.
However, the Investment Adviser does not believe that the investment activities of its affiliates
will have a material adverse effect upon the Fund in seeking to achieve its investment objectives.
Securities purchased or sold pursuant to contemporaneous orders entered on behalf of the investment
company accounts of the Investment Adviser or the advisory accounts managed by its affiliates for
their unaffiliated clients are allocated pursuant to principles believed to be fair and not
disadvantageous to any such accounts. In addition, all such orders are accorded priority of
execution over orders entered on behalf of accounts in which the Investment Adviser or its
affiliates have a substantial pecuniary interest. The Investment Adviser may on occasion give
advice or take action with respect to other clients that differs from the actions taken with
respect to the Fund. The Fund may invest in the securities of companies which are investment
management clients of GAMCO Asset Management Inc. In addition, portfolio companies or their
officers or directors may be minority shareholders of the Investment Adviser or its affiliates.
The Investment Adviser is a wholly-owned subsidiary of GAMCO Investors, Inc., a New York
corporation, whose Class A Common Stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol
GDL. Mr. Mario J. Gabelli may be deemed a controlling person of the Investment Adviser on the
basis of his ownership of a majority of the stock and voting power of GGCP, Inc., which owns a
majority of the capital stock and voting power of GAMCO Investors, Inc.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser manages the portfolio of the
Fund in accordance with its stated investment objective and policies, makes investment decisions
for the Fund, places orders to purchase and sell securities on behalf of the Fund and manages its
other business and affairs, all subject to the supervision and direction of the Funds Board. In
addition, under the Advisory Agreement, the Investment Adviser oversees the administration of all
aspects of the Funds business and affairs and provides, or arranges for others to provide, at the
Investment Advisers expense, certain enumerated services, including maintaining the Funds books
and records, preparing reports to the Funds shareholders and supervising the calculation of the
net asset value of its shares. All expenses of computing the net asset value of the Fund,
including any equipment or services obtained solely for the purpose of pricing shares or valuing
its investment portfolio, will be an expense of the Fund under its Advisory Agreement.
Under the terms of the Advisory Agreement, Gabelli Funds, LLC serves as the Funds investment
adviser at an annual base rate of 0.50% of the Funds average weekly managed assets payable monthly
in arrears. Managed assets consist of all of the assets of the Fund without deduction for
borrowings, repurchase transactions and other leveraging techniques, the liquidation value of any
outstanding preferred shares or other liabilities except for certain ordinary course expenses. In
addition, the Investment Adviser will be entitled to receive an annual performance fee as of the
end of each calendar year if the total return of the Fund on its common shares during the calendar
year in question exceeds the total return of the T-Bill Index compounded quarterly on the same
dates as the Funds quarterly ex-dividend dates (or at the end of the quarter if no dividend is
paid) during the same period. If the Funds total return for the calendar year equals the total
return of the T-Bill Index for the same period plus 3.0 percentage points (300 basis points), the
Investment Adviser will receive a performance fee of 0.75% of the Funds average weekly managed
assets during the period. This performance fee will be increased by 0.01 percentage point (one
basis point) for each 0.04 percentage points (four basis points) by which the Funds total return
during the period exceeds the T-Bill Index total return plus 3.0 percentage points (300 basis
points), up to a maximum performance fee of 1.50% if the excess performance over the T-Bill Index
is 6.0 percentage points (600 basis points) or greater and will be decreased at the same rate for
the amount by which the Funds total return during the period is less than the T-Bill Index total
return plus 3.0 percentage points (300 basis points), until no performance fee is payable if the
Funds total return is less than or equal to the T-Bill Index total return.
S-16
The Advisory Agreement provides that in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross
negligence or reckless disregard for its obligations and duties thereunder, the Investment Adviser
is not liable for any error or
judgment or mistake of law or for any loss suffered by the Fund. As part of the Advisory
Agreement, the Fund has agreed that the name Gabelli is the Investment Advisers property, and
that in the event the Investment Adviser ceases to act as an investment adviser to the Fund, the
Fund will change its name to one not including Gabelli.
Pursuant to its terms, the Advisory Agreement will remain in effect with respect to the Fund
from year to year if approved annually (i) by the Funds Board or by the holders of a majority of
its outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the trustees who are not interested
persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any party to the Advisory Agreement, by vote cast in
person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.
The Advisory Agreement was most recently approved by a majority of the Funds Board, including
a majority of the Trustees who are not interested persons as that term is defined in the 1940 Act,
at an in person meeting of the Board held on November 17, 2010.
The Advisory Agreement terminates automatically on its assignment and may be terminated
without penalty on 60 days written notice at the option of either party thereto or by a vote of a
majority (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Funds outstanding shares.
Portfolio Manager Information
Other Accounts Managed
The information below lists the number of accounts for which each portfolio manager was
primarily responsible for the day-to-day management as of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
# of Accounts |
|
|
Name of |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managed with |
|
Total Assets with |
Portfolio Manager or |
|
|
|
Total # of Accounts |
|
|
|
Advisory Fee Based |
|
Advisory Fee Based |
Team Member |
|
Type of Accounts |
|
Managed |
|
Total Assets |
|
on Performance |
|
on Performance |
Mario J. Gabelli |
|
Registered Investment Companies: |
|
26 |
|
$16.9 billion |
|
7 |
|
$3.8 billion |
|
|
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles: |
|
16 |
|
$478.4 million |
|
14 |
|
$470.6 million |
|
|
Other Accounts: |
|
1,693 |
|
$14.4 billion |
|
9 |
|
$1.9 billion |
Potential Conflicts of Interest
Actual or apparent conflicts of interest may arise when a portfolio manager for a fund also
has day-to-day management responsibilities with respect to one or more other funds or accounts.
These potential conflicts include:
Allocation of Limited Time and Attention. A portfolio manager who is responsible for managing
multiple funds or other accounts may devote unequal time and attention to the management of those
funds or accounts. As a result, the portfolio manager may not be able to formulate as complete a
strategy or identify equally attractive investment opportunities for each of those accounts as
might be the case if he or she were to devote substantially more attention to the management of a
single fund.
Allocation of Limited Investment Opportunities. If a portfolio manager identifies an
investment opportunity that may be suitable for multiple funds or other accounts, a fund may not be
able to take full advantage of that opportunity because the opportunity may be allocated among
several of these funds or accounts.
Pursuit of Differing Strategies. At times, a portfolio manager may determine that an
investment opportunity may be appropriate for only some of the funds or accounts for which he or
she exercises investment responsibility, or may decide that certain of the funds or accounts should
take differing positions with respect to a particular security. In these cases, the portfolio
manager may place separate transactions for one or more funds or accounts which may affect the
market price of the security or the execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of one
or more other funds or accounts.
S-17
Selection of Broker/Dealers. Portfolio managers may be able to select or influence the
selection of the brokers and dealers that are used to execute securities transactions for the funds
or accounts that they supervise. In
addition to providing execution of trades, some brokers and dealers provide portfolio managers
with brokerage and research services which may result in the payment of higher brokerage fees than
might otherwise be available. These services may be more beneficial to certain funds or accounts
than to others. Although the payment of brokerage commissions is subject to the requirement that
the portfolio manager determine in good faith that the commissions are reasonable in relation to
the value of the brokerage and research services provided to the fund, a portfolio managers
decision as to the selection of brokers and dealers could yield disproportionate costs and benefits
among the funds or other accounts that he or she manages. In addition, with respect to certain
types of accounts (such as pooled investment vehicles and other accounts managed for organizations
and individuals) the Investment Adviser may be limited by the client concerning the selection of
brokers or may be instructed to direct trades to particular brokers. In these cases, the Investment
Adviser or its affiliates may place separate, non-simultaneous transactions in the same security
for a fund and another account that may temporarily affect the market price of the security or the
execution of the transaction, or both, to the detriment of the fund or the other accounts.
Variation in Compensation. A conflict of interest may arise where the financial or other
benefits available to the portfolio manager differ among the funds or accounts that he or she
manages. If the structure of the Investment Advisers management fee or the portfolio managers
compensation differs among funds or accounts (such as where certain funds or accounts pay higher
management fees or performance-based management fees), the portfolio manager may be motivated to
favor certain funds or accounts over others. The portfolio manager also may be motivated to favor
funds or accounts in which he or she has an investment interest, or in which the Investment Adviser
or its affiliates have investment interests. Similarly, the desire to maintain assets under
management or to enhance a portfolio managers performance record or to derive other rewards,
financial or otherwise, could influence the portfolio manager in affording preferential treatment
to those funds or other accounts that could most significantly benefit the portfolio manager.
The Investment Adviser and the Fund have adopted compliance policies and procedures that are
designed to address the various conflicts of interest that may arise for the Investment Adviser and
its staff members. However, there is no guarantee that such policies and procedures will be able
to detect and prevent every situation in which an actual or potential conflict may arise.
Compensation Structure
Compensation Structure. Mr. Gabelli receives incentive-based variable compensation based on a
percentage of net revenues received by the Investment Adviser for managing the Fund. Net revenues
are determined by deducting from gross investment management fees the firms expenses (other than
Mr. Gabellis compensation) allocable to the Fund. Because the Fund has a fulcrum fee arrangement,
Mr. Gabellis compensation as portfolio manager of the Fund will depend on the Funds level of
assets and its performance relative to the T-Bill Index. Additionally, he receives similar
incentive-based variable compensation for managing other accounts within the firm (most of which
are not subject to performance or fulcrum fee arrangements). This method of compensation is based
on the premise that superior long-term performance in managing a portfolio should be rewarded with
higher compensation as a result of growth of assets through appreciation and net investment
activity. Five closed-end registered investment companies managed by Mr. Gabelli have arrangements
whereby the Investment Adviser will only receive its investment advisory fee attributable to the
liquidation value of outstanding preferred shares (and Mr. Gabelli would only receive his
percentage of such advisory fee) if certain performance levels are met. Mr. Gabelli manages other
accounts with performance fees. Compensation for managing these accounts has two components. One
component of his compensation is based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Investment
Adviser for managing the account. The second component is based on absolute performance of the
account, with respect to which a percentage of such performance fee is paid to Mr. Gabelli. As an
executive officer of the Investment Advisers parent company, GAMCO Investors, Inc., Mr. Gabelli
also receives ten percent of the net operating profits of the parent company. Mr. Gabelli receives
no base salary, no annual bonus, and no stock options.
Compensation for managing other accounts is based on a percentage of net revenues received by
the Investment Adviser for managing the account. Compensation for managing the pooled investment
vehicles and other accounts that have a performance-based fee will have two components. One
component of the fee is based on a percentage of net revenues received by the Investment Adviser
for managing the account or pooled investment
S-18
vehicle. The second component of the fee is based on
absolute performance from which a percentage of such fee is paid to the portfolio manager.
Ownership of Shares in the Fund
As of December 31, 2010, Mario J. Gabelli
was deemed to beneficially own $18,076,522 of equity securities of the Fund, which is a reflection of 1,352,021 common shares multiplied by the
December 31, 2010 NYSE closing price of $13.37, as well as $33,251,482 of preferred shares of the Fund, which is
a reflection of 646,916 preferred shares multiplied by the December 31, 2010 NYSE closing price of
$51.40.
S-19
AUCTIONS FOR AUCTION RATE PREFERRED SHARES
Summary of Auction Procedures
The following is a brief summary of the auction procedures for auction rate preferred shares.
These auction procedures are complicated, and there are exceptions to these procedures. Many of
the terms in this section have a special meaning. Accordingly, this description does not purport
to be complete and is qualified, in its entirety, by reference to the Funds Governing Documents,
including the provisions of the Statement of Preferences establishing any series of auction rate
preferred shares.
The auctions determine the dividend rate for auction rate preferred shares, but each dividend
rate will not be higher than the maximum rate. If you own auction rate preferred shares, you may
instruct your broker-dealer to enter one of three kinds of orders in the auction with respect to
your stock: sell, bid and hold.
|
|
|
If you enter a sell order, you indicate that you want to sell auction rate preferred
shares at their liquidation preference per share, no matter what the next dividend
periods rate will be. |
|
|
|
|
If you enter a bid (or hold at a rate) order, which must specify a dividend rate,
you indicate that you want to sell auction rate preferred shares only if the next
dividend periods rate is less than the rate you specify. |
|
|
|
|
If you enter a hold order you indicate that you want to continue to own auction rate
preferred shares, no matter what the next dividend periods rate will be. |
You may enter different types of orders for different portions of your auction rate preferred
shares. You may also enter an order to buy additional auction rate preferred shares. All orders
must be for whole shares. All orders you submit are irrevocable. There is a fixed number of
auction rate preferred shares, and the dividend rate likely will vary from auction to auction
depending on the number of bidders, the number of shares the bidders seek to buy, the rating of the
auction rate preferred shares and general economic conditions including current interest rates. If
you own auction rate preferred shares and submit a bid for them higher than the then-maximum rate,
your bid will be treated as a sell order. If you do not enter an order, the broker-dealer will
assume that you want to continue to hold auction rate preferred shares, but if you fail to submit
an order and the dividend period is longer than 28 days, the broker-dealer will treat your failure
to submit a bid as a sell order.
If you do not then own auction rate preferred shares, or want to buy more shares, you may
instruct a broker-dealer to enter a bid order to buy shares in an auction at the liquidation
preference per share at or above the dividend rate you specify. If your bid for shares you do not
own specifies a rate higher than the then-maximum rate, your bid will not be considered.
Broker-dealers will submit orders from existing and potential holders of auction rate
preferred shares to the auction agent. Neither the Fund nor the auction agent will be responsible
for a broker-dealers failure to submit orders from existing or potential holders of auction rate
preferred shares. A broker-dealers failure to submit orders for auction rate preferred shares
held by it or its customers will be treated in the same manner as a holders failure to submit an
order to the broker-dealer. A broker-dealer may submit orders to the auction agent for its own
account. The Fund may not submit an order in any auction.
The auction agent after each auction for the auction rate preferred shares will pay to each
broker-dealer, from funds provided by the Fund, a service charge equal to, in the case shares of
any auction immediately preceding a dividend period of less than 365 days, the product of (i) a
fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such dividend period and the denominator
of which is 365, times (ii) 1/4 of 1%, times (iii) the liquidation preference per share, times (iv)
the aggregate number of auction rate preferred shares placed by such broker-dealer at such auction
or, in the case of any auction immediately preceding a dividend period of one year or longer, a
percentage of the purchase price of the auction rate preferred shares placed by the broker-dealer
at the auction agreed to by the Fund and the broker-dealers.
If the number of auction rate preferred shares subject to bid orders by potential holders with
a dividend rate equal to or lower than the then-maximum rate is at least equal to the number of
auction rate preferred shares subject
S-20
to sell orders, then the dividend rate for the next dividend
period will be the lowest rate submitted which, taking into account that rate and all lower rates
submitted in order from existing and potential holders, would result in existing and potential
holders owning all the auction rate preferred shares available for purchase in the auction.
If the number of auction rate preferred shares subject to bid orders by potential holders with
a dividend rate equal to or lower than the then-maximum rate is less than the number of auction
rate preferred shares subject to sell orders, then the auction is considered to be a failed
auction, and the dividend rate will be the maximum rate. In that event, existing holders that have
submitted sell orders (or are treated as having submitted sell orders) may not be able to sell any
or all of the auction rate preferred shares offered for sale than there are buyers for those
shares).
If broker-dealers submit or are deemed to submit hold orders for all outstanding auction rate
preferred shares, the auction is considered an all hold auction and the dividend rate for the
next dividend period will be the all hold rate, which is 80% of the AA Financial Composite
Commercial Paper Rate, as determined in accordance with procedures set forth in the Statement of
Preferences establishing the auction rate preferred shares.
The auction procedures include a pro rata allocation of auction rate preferred shares for
purchase and sale. This allocation process may result in an existing holder continuing to hold or
selling, or a potential holder buying, fewer shares than the number of shares of auction rate
preferred shares in its order. If this happens, broker-dealers will be required to make
appropriate pro rata allocations among their respective customers.
Settlement of purchases and sales will be made on the next business day (which also is a
dividend payment date) after the auction date through DTC. Purchasers will pay for their auction
rate preferred shares through broker-dealers in same-day funds to DTC against delivery to the
broker-dealers. DTC will make payment to the sellers broker-dealers in accordance with its normal
procedures, which require broker-dealers to make payment against delivery in same-day funds. As
used in this prospectus, a business day is a day on which the NYSE is open for trading, and which
is not a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banks in New York City are authorized or
obligated by law to close.
The first auction for a series of auction rate preferred shares will be held on the date
specified in the Prospectus Supplement for such series, which will be the business day preceding
the dividend payment date for the initial dividend period. Thereafter, except during special
dividend periods, auctions for such series auction rate preferred shares normally will be held
within the frequency specified in the Prospectus Supplement for such series, and each subsequent
dividend period for such series auction rate preferred shares normally will begin on the following
day.
If an auction is not held because an unforeseen event or unforeseen events cause a day that
otherwise would have been an auction date not to be a business day, then the length of the
then-current dividend period will be extended by seven days (or a multiple thereof if necessary
because of such unforeseen event or events), the applicable rate for such period will be the
applicable rate for the then-current dividend period so extended and the dividend payment date for
such dividend period will be the first business day immediately succeeding the end of such period.
The following is a simplified example of how a typical auction works. Assume that the Fund
has 1,000 outstanding shares of auction rate preferred shares and three current holders. The three
current holders and three potential holders submit orders through broker-dealers at the auction.
|
|
|
|
|
Current Holder A
|
|
Owns 500 shares, wants to
sell all 500 shares if
auction rate is less than
5.1%
|
|
Bid order at 5.1% rate for all 500
shares |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Holder B
|
|
Owns 300 shares, wants to hold
|
|
Hold order will take the auction rate |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Holder C
|
|
Owns 200 shares, wants to
sell all 200 shares if
auction rate is less than
4.9%
|
|
Bid order at 4.9% rate for all 200
shares |
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Holder D
|
|
Wants to buy 200 shares
|
|
Places order to buy at or above 5.0% |
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Holder E
|
|
Wants to buy 300 shares
|
|
Places order to buy at or above 4.99% |
|
|
|
|
|
Potential Holder F
|
|
Wants to buy 200 shares
|
|
Places order to buy at or above 5.1% |
S-21
The lowest dividend rate that will result in all 1,000 auction rate preferred shares
continuing to be held is 5.0% (the offer by D). Therefore, the dividend rate will be 5.0%. Current
holders B and C will continue to own their shares. Current holder A will sell its shares because
As dividend rate bid was higher than the dividend rate: Potential holder D will buy 200 shares and
potential holder E will buy 300 shares because their bid rates were at or below the dividend rate.
Potential holder F will not buy any shares because its bid rate was above the dividend rate.
Secondary Market Trading and Transfer of Auction Rate Preferred Shares
The underwriters shall not be required to make a market in the auction rate preferred shares.
The broker-dealers (including the underwriters) may maintain a secondary trading market for outside
of auctions, but they are not required to do so. There can be no assurance that a secondary
trading market for the auction rate preferred shares will develop or, if it does develop, that it
will provide owners with liquidity of investment. The auction rate preferred shares will not be
registered on any stock exchange. Investors who purchase auction rate preferred shares in an
auction for a special dividend period should note that because the dividend rate on such shares
will be fixed for the length of that dividend period, the value of such shares may fluctuate in
response to the changes in interest rates and may be more or less than their original cost if sold
on the open market in advance of the next auction thereof, depending on market conditions.
You may sell, transfer, or otherwise dispose of the auction rate preferred shares only in
whole shares and only pursuant to a bid or sell order placed with the auction agent in accordance
with the auction procedures, to the Fund or its affiliates or to or through a broker-dealer that
has been selected by the Fund or to such other persons as may be permitted by the Fund. However, if
you hold your auction rate preferred shares in the name of a broker-dealer, a sale or transfer of
your auction rate preferred shares to that broker dealer, or to another customer of that
broker-dealer, will not be considered a sale or transfer or purposes of the foregoing if the shares
remain in the name of the broker-dealer immediately after your transaction. In addition, in the
case of all transfers other than through an auction, the broker-dealer (or other person, if the
Fund permits) receiving the transfer must advise the auction agent of the transfer.
S-22
DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS
For the fiscal year ending December 31,
2009, the Fund made distributions of $1.28 per common share, all of which constituted a return of
capital. For the fiscal year ending December 31, 2010, the Fund made distributions of $1.28
per common share. Based on the distribution allocations of the Fund as of December 31, 2010, the total distributions
paid in 2010 to common shareholders represent approximately 2% from net capital gains and 98% from
paid-in capital. The composition of each distribution is estimated
based on earnings as of the record date for the distribution. The actual composition of each
distribution may change based on the Funds investment activity through the end of the calendar
year.
The Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net capital gain each year, but may
determine to retain all or part of any net capital gain for reinvestment. In such event, the Fund
will pay federal income tax on such retained gain and the Funds shareholders will receive a
corresponding tax credit and increase in the basis of their shares. In the event that the Funds
net investment company taxable income and net capital gains exceed the total of the Funds
quarterly distributions on common shares and the amount of distributions on any preferred shares
issued by the Fund, the Fund intends to pay such excess once a year. If, for any calendar year, the
total quarterly distributions on common shares and the amount of distributions on any preferred
shares issued by the Fund exceed net investment company taxable income and net capital gain, the
excess will generally be treated as a tax free return of capital up to the amount of a
shareholders tax basis in the common shares. Any distributions which (based upon the Funds full
year performance) constitute tax free return of capital will reduce a shareholders tax basis in
the common shares, thereby increasing such shareholders potential gain or reducing his or her
potential loss on the sale of the common shares. Any amounts distributed to a shareholder in excess
of the basis in the common shares will generally be taxable to the shareholder as capital gain. See
Taxation. Quarterly distribution notices provided by the Fund to its shareholders will describe
the portion of the quarterly distribution which, in the Funds current good faith judgment,
constitutes investment company taxable income, capital gain, or a return of capital. The final
determination of the source of such distributions for federal income tax purposes will be made
shortly after year end based on the Funds actual net investment company taxable income and net
capital gain for the year and will be communicated to shareholders promptly.
In the event the Fund distributes amounts in excess of its investment company taxable income
and net capital gain, such distributions will decrease the Funds total assets and, therefore, have
the likely effect of increasing the Funds expense ratio as the Funds fixed expenses will become a
larger percentage of the Funds average net assets. In addition, in order to make such
distributions, the Fund may have to sell a portion of its investment portfolio at a time when
independent investment judgment may not dictate such action.
The Fund, along with other closed-end registered investment companies advised by the
Investment Adviser, is covered by an exemption from Section 19(b) of the 1940 Act and Rule 19b-1
thereunder permitting the Fund to make periodic distributions of long-term capital gains provided
that any distribution policy of the Fund with respect to its common shares calls for periodic
(e.g., quarterly or semi-annually, but in no event more frequently than monthly) distributions in
an amount equal to a fixed percentage of the Funds average net asset value or market price per
common share over a specified period of time at or about the time of distribution or the payment of
a fixed dollar amount. The exemption also permits the Fund to make such distributions with respect
to its preferred shares, if any, in accordance with such shares terms.
S-23
PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS
Subject to policies established by the Board of the Fund, the Investment Adviser is
responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and the allocation of brokerage on behalf of the
Fund. Transactions in equity securities are in most cases effected on U.S. stock exchanges and
involve the payment of negotiated brokerage commissions. In general, there may be no stated
commission in the case of securities traded in over-the-counter markets, but the prices of those
securities may include undisclosed commissions or mark-ups. Principal transactions are not entered
into with affiliates of the Fund. However, Gabelli & Company, Inc. may execute transactions in the
over-the-counter markets on an agency basis and receive a stated commission therefrom. To the
extent consistent with applicable provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules thereunder, and other
regulatory requirements, the Funds Board have determined that portfolio transactions may be
executed through Gabelli & Company, Inc. and its broker-dealer affiliates if, in the judgment of
the Investment Adviser, the use of those broker-dealers is likely to result in price and execution
at least as favorable as those of other qualified broker-dealers, and if, in particular
transactions, those broker-dealers charge the Fund a rate consistent with that charged to
comparable unaffiliated customers in similar transactions. Since the Funds inception, the Fund
has paid a total of $2,896,178 in brokerage commissions. Since the Funds inception, the Fund
has paid a total of $2,064,001 in brokerage commission to Gabelli & Company, Inc. and its
broker-dealer affiliates. For the Funds 2010 fiscal year, the amount paid to Gabelli & Company,
Inc. and its broker-dealer affiliates represented 76.58% of the number of aggregate brokerage
commissions paid by the Fund, and 46.85% of the aggregate dollar amount of transactions involving
the payment of commissions. The Fund has no obligations to deal with any broker or group of
brokers in executing transactions in portfolio securities. In executing transactions, the
Investment Adviser seeks to obtain the best price and execution for the Fund, taking into account
such factors as price, size of order, difficulty of execution and operational facilities of the
firm involved and the firms risk in positioning a block of securities. While the Investment
Adviser generally seeks reasonably competitive commission rates, the Fund does not necessarily pay
the lowest commission available.
Subject to obtaining the best price and execution, brokers who provide supplemental research,
market and statistical information, or other services (e.g., wire services) to the Investment
Adviser or its affiliates may receive orders for transactions by the Fund. The term research,
market and statistical information includes advice as to the value of securities, and advisability
of investing in, purchasing or selling securities, and the availability of securities or purchasers
or sellers of securities, and furnishing analyses and reports concerning issues, industries,
securities, economic factors and trends, portfolio strategy and the performance of accounts.
Information so received will be in addition to and not in lieu of the services required to be
performed by the Investment Adviser under the Advisory Agreement and the expenses of the Investment
Adviser will not necessarily be reduced as a result of the receipt of such supplemental
information. Such information may be useful to the Investment Adviser and its affiliates in
providing services to clients other than the Fund, and not all such information is used by the
Investment Adviser in connection with the Fund. Conversely, such information provided to the
Investment Adviser and its affiliates by brokers and dealers through whom other clients of the
Investment Adviser and its affiliates effect securities transactions may be useful to the
Investment Adviser in providing services to the Fund.
Although investment decisions for the Fund are made independently from those for the other
accounts managed by the Investment Adviser and its affiliates, investments of the kind made by the
Fund may also be made for those other accounts. When the same securities are purchased for or sold
by the Fund and any of such other accounts, it is the policy of the Investment Adviser and its
affiliates to allocate such purchases and sales in the manner deemed fair and equitable to all of
the accounts, including the Fund.
PORTFOLIO TURNOVER
Portfolio turnover rate is calculated by dividing the lesser of an investment companys annual
sales or purchases of portfolio securities by the monthly average value of securities in its
portfolio during the year, excluding portfolio securities the maturities of which at the time of
acquisition were one year or less. A high rate of portfolio turnover involves correspondingly
greater brokerage commission expense than a lower rate, which expense must be borne by the Fund and
indirectly by its shareholders. A higher rate of portfolio turnover may also result in taxable
gains being passed to shareholders sooner than would otherwise be the case.
S-24
TAXATION
The following discussion is a brief summary of certain U.S. federal income tax considerations
affecting the Fund and its shareholders and note holders (as the case may be)
and the purchase, ownership and disposition of the shares and notes. This discussion assumes you
are a U.S. person and that you hold your shares and notes as capital assets. This discussion is
based upon current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the Code), the
regulations promulgated thereunder and judicial and administrative authorities, all of which are
subject to change or differing interpretations by the courts or the Internal Revenue Service (the
IRS), possibly with retroactive effect. No ruling has been or will be sought from the IRS
regarding any matter discussed herein. Counsel to the Fund has not rendered and will not render
any legal opinion regarding any tax consequences related to the Fund or an investment in the Fund. No attempt is made
to present a detailed explanation of all U.S. federal, state, local and foreign tax concerns
affecting the Fund and its shareholders (including shareholders owning a large position in the
Fund) or note holders.
The discussions set forth herein and in the Prospectus do not constitute tax advice. Investors are
urged to consult their own tax advisers to determine the tax consequences to them of investing in
the Fund.
Taxation of the Fund
The Fund has elected to be treated and has qualified, and intends to continue to qualify annually, as a
regulated investment company (a RIC) under Subchapter M of the Code. Accordingly, the Fund must,
among other things: (i) derive in each taxable year at least 90% of its gross income from (a)
dividends, interest (including tax-exempt interest), payments with respect to certain securities
loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or
other income (including but not limited to gain from options, futures and forward contracts)
derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies and (b)
net income derived from interests in certain publicly traded partnerships that are treated as
partnerships for U.S. federal income tax purposes and that derive less than 90% of their gross
income from the items described in clause (a) above (each a Qualified Publicly Traded Partnership); and
(ii) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of each taxable year (x) at least
50% of the market value of the Funds total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government
securities, the securities of other regulated investment companies and other securities, with such
other securities limited, in respect of any one issuer, to an amount not greater than 5% of the
value of the Funds total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such
issuer and (y) not more than 25% of the market value of the Funds total assets is invested in the
securities of (I) any one issuer (other than U.S. government securities and the securities of other
RICs), (II) any two or more issuers
(other than regulated investment companies)
that the Fund controls and that are determined to be engaged in
the same business or similar or related trades or businesses or (III) any one or more Qualified
Publicly Traded Partnerships.
As a RIC, the Fund generally is not subject to U.S. federal income tax on income and gains
that it distributes each taxable year to shareholders, provided that it distributes each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of
the Funds (i) investment company taxable income (which includes, among other items, dividends,
interest and the excess of any net short-term capital gain over net long-term capital loss and
other taxable income, other than any net long-term capital gain (as defined below), reduced by deductible expenses)
determined without regard to the deduction for dividends and distributions paid and (ii) its net
tax-exempt interest income (the excess of its gross tax-exempt interest income over certain
disallowed deductions). The Fund intends to distribute at least annually substantially all of such
income. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate income tax rates on any taxable income
or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders.
Amounts not distributed on a timely basis in accordance with this calendar year distribution
requirement are subject to a nondeductible 4% federal excise tax at the Fund level. To avoid the tax, the
Fund must distribute during each calendar year an amount at least equal to the sum of (i) 98% of
its ordinary income (not taking into account any capital gains or losses) for the calendar year,
(ii) 98.2% of its capital gain in excess of its capital loss (adjusted for certain ordinary losses)
for a one-year period generally ending on October 31 of the calendar year (unless an election is
made to use the Funds fiscal year), and (iii) certain undistributed amounts from previous years on
which the Fund paid no U.S. federal income tax.
In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the federal excise
tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any under-distribution or over-distribution, as the
case may be, from the previous year.
While the Fund intends to distribute any income
and capital gain in the manner necessary to minimize imposition of the 4% federal excise tax, there can be
no assurance that sufficient amounts of the Funds ordinary income and capital gain will be
distributed to avoid entirely the imposition of the tax. In that event, the Fund will be liable
for the tax only on the amount by which it does not meet the foregoing distribution requirement.
A distribution will be treated as paid during the calendar year if it is paid during the
calendar year or declared by the Fund in October, November or December of the year, payable to
shareholders of record on a date during such a month and paid by the Fund during January of the
following year. Any such distributions paid during January of the following year will be deemed to
be received by the Funds shareholders on December 31 of the year the distributions are declared,
rather than when the distributions are actually received.
S-25
If for any taxable year, the Fund does not qualify as a RIC, all of its taxable income
(including its net capital gain) will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates without any
deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions will be taxable to the
shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Funds current or accumulated earnings or
profits. Such distributions may, however, be eligible (i) to be treated as qualified dividend
income in the case of shareholders taxes as individuals and (ii) for the dividends received
deduction in the case of corporate shareholders. The Fund could be required to recognize
unrealized gains, pay taxes and make distributions (which could be subject to interest charges)
before requalifying as a RIC. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out
its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC.
In addition, if the Fund failed to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years,
then the Fund may be required to recognize and pay tax on any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the
excess of aggregate gain, including items of income, over aggregate loss that would have been
realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) or, alternatively, be subject to taxation on such
built-in gain recognized for a period of ten years, in order to qualify as a RIC in a subsequent
year.
Gain or loss on the sales of securities by the Fund will generally be long-term capital gain
or loss if the securities have been held by the Fund for more than one year. Gain or loss on the
sale of securities held for one year or less will be short-term capital gain or loss.
Foreign currency gain or loss on non-U.S. dollar-denominated securities and on any non-U.S.
dollar-denominated futures contracts, options and forward contracts that are not section 1256
contracts (as defined below) generally will be treated as ordinary income and loss.
The premium received by the Fund for writing a call option is not included in income at the
time of receipt. If the option expires, the premium is short-term capital gain to the Fund. If the
Fund enters into a closing transaction, the difference between the amount paid to close out its
position and the premium received is short-term capital gain or loss. If a call option written by
the Fund is exercised, thereby requiring the Fund to sell the underlying security, the premium will
increase the amount realized upon the sale of the security and any resulting gain or loss will be
long-term or short-term, depending upon the holding period of the security. Because the Fund does
not have control over the exercise of the call options it writes, such exercises or other required
sales of the underlying securities may cause the Fund to realize capital gains or losses at
inopportune times.
With respect to a put or call option that is purchased by the Fund, if the option is sold, any
resulting gain or loss will be a capital gain or loss, and will be short-term or long-term,
depending upon the holding period for the option. If the option expires, the resulting loss is a
capital loss and is short-term or long-term, depending upon the holding period for the option. If
the option is exercised, the cost of the option, in the case of a call option, is added to the
basis of the purchased security and, in the case of a put option, reduces the amount realized on
the underlying security in determining gain or loss.
The Funds investment in so-called section 1256 contracts, such as regulated futures
contracts, most foreign currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market options on
most stock indices and any nonequity options, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the Fund
at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized
gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Funds income as if each position had been
sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be
combined with any gain or loss realized by the Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed
during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a
hedging transaction nor part of a straddle, 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be
treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as
short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held
by the Fund.
Investments by the Fund in certain passive foreign investment companies (PFICs) could
subject the Fund to U.S. federal income tax (including interest charges) on certain distributions
or dispositions with respect to those investments which cannot be eliminated by making
distributions to shareholders. Elections may be available to the Fund to mitigate the effect of
this tax provided that the PFIC complies with certain reporting requirements, but such elections
generally accelerate the recognition of income without the receipt of cash. Dividends paid by
PFICs will not be treated as qualified dividend income, as discussed below under Taxation of Shareholders.
As a result of investing in stock of PFICs or securities purchased at a discount or any other
investment that produces income that is not matched by a corresponding cash distribution to the
Fund, the Fund could be required to include in current income, income it has not yet received. Any
such income would be treated as income earned by the Fund and therefore would be subject to the
distribution requirements of the Code. This might prevent the Fund from distributing 90% of its
investment company taxable income as is required in order to avoid Fund-level U.S. federal income
tax on all of its income, or might prevent the Fund from distributing enough ordinary income and
capital gain net income to avoid the imposition of the federal excise tax. To avoid this result, the Fund
may be required to borrow money or dispose of securities to be able to make distributions to its
shareholders.
The Fund may invest in debt obligations purchased at a discount with the result that the Fund
may be required to accrue income for U.S. federal income tax purposes before amounts due under the
obligations are paid. The Fund may also invest in securities rated in the medium to lower rating
categories of nationally recognized
S-26
rating organizations, and in unrated securities (high yield securities). A portion of the interest
payments on such high yield securities may be treated as dividends for certain U.S. federal income
tax purposes.
If the Fund does not meet the asset coverage requirements of the 1940 Act and the Statements
of Preferences, the Fund will be required to suspend distributions to the holders of the common
shares until the asset coverage is restored. Such a suspension of distributions might prevent the
Fund from distributing 90% of its investment company taxable income as is required in order to
avoid Fund-level federal income taxation on all of its income, or might prevent the Fund from
distributing enough income and capital gain net income to avoid imposition of the excise tax.
Certain of the Funds investment practices are subject to special and complex U.S. federal
income tax provisions that may, among other things, (i) disallow, suspend or otherwise limit the
allowance of certain losses or deductions, (ii) convert lower taxed long-term capital gains and
qualified dividend income into higher taxed short-term capital gains or ordinary income, (iii)
convert ordinary loss or a deduction into capital loss (the deductibility of which is more
limited), (iv) cause the Fund to recognize income or gain without a corresponding receipt of cash,
(v) adversely affect the time as to when a purchase or sale of stock or securities is deemed to
occur, (vi) adversely alter the characterization of certain complex financial transactions and
(vii) produce income that will not qualify as good income for purposes of the 90% annual gross
income requirement described above. The Fund will monitor its transactions and may make certain
tax elections to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a
RIC.
Under Section 988 of the Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates
between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities
denominated in a foreign currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or
receivables or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or loss. Similarly,
gains or losses on foreign currency forward contracts and the disposition of debt securities
denominated in a foreign currency, to the extent attributed to fluctuations in exchange rates
between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss.
Dividends or other income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the Fund from
investments in foreign securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by foreign
countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such
taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the Funds total assets at the close of its taxable year
consist of stock or securities of foreign corporations, the Fund may elect for U.S. federal income
tax purposes to treat foreign income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. If the Fund
were to make such an election, shareholders of the Fund would be required to take into account an
equal an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such foreign taxes in computing their taxable
income and then treat an amount equal to those foreign taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction
or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income liability. If the Fund makes this
election, it will furnish its shareholders with a written notice after the close of the taxable
year.
Taxation of Shareholders
The Fund will determine either to distribute or to retain for reinvestment all or part of its
net capital gain, which is the excess of net long-term capital gains over net short-term capital losses. If any such gain is retained, the Fund will be subject to
on the retained amounts at regular corporate tax rates. In that event, the Fund expects to designate the retained amount as undistributed capital
gain in a notice to its shareholders, each of whom (i) will be required to include in income for
tax purposes as long-term capital gain its share of such undistributed amounts, (ii) will be
entitled to credit its proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund against its U.S. federal
income tax liability and to claim refunds to the extent that the credit exceeds such liability and
(iii) will increase its basis in its shares of the Fund by an amount equal to the difference between the amount of
undistributed capital gain included in such shareholders gross income
and the shareholders proportionate share of the tax paid by the Fund.
Distributions paid by the Fund from its investment company taxable income, which includes net
short-term capital gain, generally are taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Funds
earnings and profits. Such distributions (if designated by the Fund) may, however, qualify
(provided holding period and other requirements are met by both the Fund and the shareholder) (i)
for the dividends received deduction available to corporations, but only to the extent that the
Funds income consists of dividend income from U.S. corporations and (ii) in the case of individual
shareholders, for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2012, as qualified dividend income eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gains rates.
There can be no assurance as to what portion
S-27
of the Funds distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified dividend income.
Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable domestic corporations and
certain qualified foreign corporations (e.g., generally, foreign corporations incorporated in a
possession of the United States or in certain countries with a qualifying comprehensive tax treaty
with the United States, or whose stock with respect to which such dividend is paid is readily
tradable on an established securities market in the United States). A qualified foreign
corporation does not include a foreign corporation which for the taxable year of the corporation in
which the dividend was paid, or the preceding taxable year, is a passive foreign investment
company, as defined in the Code. If the Fund lends portfolio securities, the amount received by
the Fund that is the equivalent of the dividends paid by the issuer on the securities loaned will
not be eligible for qualified dividend income treatment.
Distributions of net capital gain
designated as capital gain distributions, if any, are taxable to shareholders at rates applicable
to long-term capital gain, whether paid in cash or in shares, and regardless of how long the
shareholder has held the Funds shares. Capital gain distributions are not eligible for the
dividends received deduction. Unrecaptured Section 1250 gain distributions, if any, will be
subject to a 25% tax. Distributions in excess of
the Funds current and accumulated earnings and profits will first reduce the adjusted tax
basis of a shareholders shares and, after such adjusted tax basis is reduced to zero, will constitute
capital gain to such shareholder. For non-corporate
taxpayers, investment company taxable income (other than qualified dividend income) will currently
be taxed at a ordinary income rates, while net capital gain generally will be taxed at long-term capital gains rates. For corporate taxpayers, both investment company taxable income and net capital gain are
taxed at ordinary income rates.
The IRS requires that a RIC that has two or more classes
of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as
ordinary income, capital gains, dividends qualifying for the dividends received deduction (DRD)
and qualified dividend income) based upon the percentage of total dividends paid out of current or
accumulated earnings and profits to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, the Fund intends each
year to allocate capital gain dividends, dividends qualifying for the DRD and dividends that
constitute qualified dividend income, if any, between its common shares and preferred shares in
proportion to the total dividends paid out of current or accumulated earnings and profits to each
class with respect to such tax year. Distributions in excess of the Funds current and accumulated
earnings and profits, if any, however, will not be allocated proportionately among the common
shares and preferred shares. Since the Funds current and accumulated earnings and profits will
first be used to pay dividends on its preferred shares, distributions in excess of such earnings
and profits, if any, will be made disproportionately to holders of common shares.
If, for any calendar year, the total distributions exceed both current earnings and profits
and accumulated earnings and profits, the excess will generally be treated as a tax-free return of
capital up to the amount of a shareholders tax basis in the shares. The amount treated as a
tax-free return of capital will reduce a shareholders tax basis in the shares, thereby increasing
such shareholders potential gain or reducing the shareholders potential loss on the sale of the
shares. Any amounts distributed to a shareholder in excess of the shareholders basis in the
shares will be taxable to the shareholder as capital gain.
Shareholders may be entitled to offset their capital gain distributions (but not distributions
eligible for qualified dividend income treatment) with capital loss. There are a number of
statutory provisions affecting when capital loss may be offset against capital gain, and limiting
the use of loss from certain investments and activities. Accordingly, shareholders with capital
loss are urged to consult their tax advisers.
The price of shares purchased at any time may reflect the amount of a forthcoming
distribution. Those purchasing shares just prior to a distribution will receive a distribution
which will be taxable to them even though it represents in part a return of invested capital.
Upon a sale, exchange or other disposition of shares, a shareholder will generally realize a
taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount of cash and the fair market value
of other property received and the shareholders adjusted tax basis in the shares. Such gain or
loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than
one year. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares
disposed of are replaced by substantially identical shares within a 61-day period beginning 30 days
before and ending 30 days after the date that the shares are disposed of. In such a case, the
basis of the shares acquired will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.
Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale, exchange or other disposition of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six
months or less will be treated for tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any
capital gain distributions received by the shareholder (or amounts credited to the shareholder as
an undistributed capital gain) with respect to such shares.
S-28
Ordinary income distributions and capital gain distributions also may be subject to state and
local taxes. Shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisers regarding specific questions
about U.S. federal (including the application of the alternative minimum tax rules), state, local
or foreign tax consequences to them of investing in the Fund.
Ordinary income distributions (but not capital gain distributions) paid to shareholders who
are non-resident aliens or foreign entities (a foreign investor) will generally be subject to a
30% U.S. withholding tax under existing provisions of the Code applicable to foreign individuals
and entities, unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is provided under
applicable treaty law. In order to obtain such a reduced rate of withholding, a foreign investor
will be required to provide an Internal Revenue Service (IRS) Form W-8BEN certifying its
entitlement to benefits under a treaty. In general, U.S. federal withholding tax will not apply to
any gain or income realized by a foreign investor in respect of any distributions of net long-term
capital gains over net short-term capital losses, or upon the sale or other disposition of shares
of the Fund.
Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or
business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States for
183 or more days during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors are
urged to consult their own tax advisers concerning the applicability of the U.S. withholding tax.
For taxable years of the Fund beginning before January 1, 2012,
properly designated dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of
the Funds qualified net interest income (generally, the Funds U.S.-source interest income, other than certain
contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10%
shareholder, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Funds
qualified short-term capital gains (generally, the excess of the Funds net short-term capital gain over the Funds
long-term capital loss for such taxable year). Depending on its circumstances, however, the Fund may designate all, some or
none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains,
and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify
for this exemption from withholding, a foreign investor will need to comply with applicable certification requirements
relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN or substitute Form). In the case of
common shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund designates the payment as
qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Foreign investors should contact their intermediaries
with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts. There can be no assurance as to what portion of the
Funds distributions will qualify for favorable treatment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital
gains.
In addition, after December 31, 2012, the Fund will be required to withhold at a rate of 30
percent on dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, the Funds shares held by
or through certain foreign financial institutions (including investment funds), unless such
institution enters into an agreement with the Secretary of the Treasury to report, on an annual
basis, information with respect to shares in, and accounts maintained by, the institution to the
extent such shares or accounts are held by certain U.S. persons or by certain non-U.S. entities
that are wholly or partially owned by U.S. persons. Accordingly, the entity through which the
Funds shares are held will affect the determination of whether such withholding is required.
Similarly, dividends in respect of, and gross proceeds from the sale of, the Funds shares held by
an investor that is a non-financial non-U.S. entity will be subject to withholding at a rate of 30
percent, unless such entity either (i) certifies to the Fund that such entity does not have any
substantial United States owners or (ii) provides certain information regarding the entitys
substantial United States owners, which the Fund will in turn provide to the Secretary of the
Treasury. Foreign investors are encouraged to consult with their tax advisers regarding the
possible implications of the legislation on their investment in the Funds shares.
The Fund may be required to withhold U.S. federal income tax on all taxable distributions and
redemption proceeds payable to non-corporate shareholders who fail to provide the Fund
(or its agent)
with their
correct taxpayer identification number or to make required certifications, or who have been
notified by the IRS that they are subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an
additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be refunded or credited against such shareholders U.S.
federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is furnished to the
IRS.
Taxation of Note Holders
Note holders will be required to include payments of interest on the notes in their gross
income in accordance with their method of accounting for U.S. federal income tax purposes.
Any gain from the
sale, exchange or other
disposition of the notes will be treated as capital gain for note holders
who hold the notes as capital assets and as long-term capital gain if the notes have been held for
more than one year as of the date of disposition. However, a portion of such gain may be required
to be treated as ordinary income under special rules of the Code governing the treatment of market
discount. A note holder who acquires a note at a market discount (i.e., at a price less than the
principal amount or the adjusted issue price as determined for tax purposes, if relevant), such
as a subsequent purchaser of the notes, will be required to treat as ordinary income a portion of
any gain realized upon a disposition of the note equal to the amount of market discount deemed to
have been accrued as of the date of disposition unless an election is made include such discount in
income on a current basis. A note holder who acquires a note at a market discount and does not
elect to include such discount in income on a current basis will be required to defer deduction of
a portion of interest paid or accrued on debt incurred or continued to purchase or carry the note
until the note holder disposes of the note. These rules may have an effect on the price that can
be obtained upon the sale of a note. Amounts received upon a redemption of the notes will be
subject to tax as ordinary income to the extent of any accrued and unpaid interest on the notes as
of the date of redemption.
The Fund is required in certain circumstances to backup withhold on interest distributions
paid to non-corporate holders of the Funds notes who do not furnish the Fund with their correct
taxpayer identification number (in the case of individuals, generally, their social security number) and
certain certifications, or who are otherwise subject to backup withholding. Backup withholding is
not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld from payments made to you may be refunded or credited
against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, provided that the required information is
furnished to the IRS.
If you are a foreign investor, the payment of interest on the notes generally will be
considered portfolio interest and thus generally will be exempt from U.S. withholding tax. This
exemption will apply to you provided that (1) interest paid on the notes is not effectively
connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States, (2) you are not a bank
whose receipt of interest on the notes is described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (3) you do
not actually or constructively, directly or indirectly, own 10 percent or more of the combined voting power of all classes
of the
S-29
Funds stock entitled to vote, (4) you are not a controlled foreign corporation that is
related, directly or indirectly, to the Fund through stock ownership, and (5) you satisfy the
certification requirements described below.
To satisfy the certification requirements, either (1) the holder of any notes must certify,
under penalties of perjury, that such holder is a non-U.S. person and must provide such owners
name, address and taxpayer identification number, if any, on IRS Form W-8BEN, or (2) a securities
clearing organization, bank or other financial institution that holds customer securities in the
ordinary course of its trade or business and holds the notes on behalf of the holder thereof must
certify, under penalties of perjury, that it has received a valid and properly executed IRS Form
W-8BEN from the beneficial holder and comply with certain other requirements. Special certification
rules apply for notes held by a foreign partnership and other intermediaries.
Interest on notes received by a foreign investor that is not excluded from U.S. federal
withholding tax under the portfolio interest exemption as described above generally will be subject
to 30% U.S. withholding tax, unless a reduced rate of withholding or a withholding exemption is
provided under applicable treaty law. In order to obtain such a reduced rate of withholding, a
foreign investor will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN certifying its entitlement to
benefits under a treaty.
Any capital gain that a foreign investor realizes on a sale, exchange or other disposition of
notes generally will be exempt from United States federal income tax, including withholding tax.
Different tax consequences may result if the foreign investor is engaged in a trade or
business in the United States or, in the case of an individual, is present in the United States
for 183 or more days during a taxable year and certain other conditions are met. Foreign investors
are urged to consult their own tax advisers concerning the applicability of the U.S. withholding
tax.
Taxation of Holders of Subscription Rights
As more fully described below, upon receipt of a subscription right, a preferred shareholder
generally will be treated as receiving a taxable distribution in an amount equal to the fair market
value of the subscription right the preferred shareholder receives.
To the extent that the distribution is made out of the Funds earnings and profits, the
subscription right will be a taxable dividend to the preferred shareholder. If the amount of the
distribution received by the preferred shareholder exceeds such shareholders proportionate share
of the Funds earnings and profits, the excess will reduce the preferred shareholders tax basis in
the preferred shares with respect to which the subscription right was issued (the old share). To
the extent that the excess is greater than the preferred shareholders tax basis in the old shares,
such excess will be treated as gain from the sale of the old shares. If the preferred shareholder
held the old shares for more than one year, such gain will be treated as long-term capital gain.
A preferred shareholders tax basis in the subscription rights received will equal the fair
market value of the subscription rights on the date of the distribution.
A preferred shareholder who allows the subscription rights received to expire generally will
recognize a short-term capital loss. Capital losses are deductible only to the extent of capital
gains (subject to an exception for individuals under which $3,000 of capital losses may be offset
against ordinary income).
A preferred shareholder who sells the subscription rights will recognize a gain or loss equal
to the difference between the amount realized on the sale and the preferred shareholders tax basis
in the subscription rights as described above.
A preferred shareholder will not recognize any gain or loss upon the exercise of the
subscription rights received in the rights offering. The tax basis of the shares acquired through
exercise of the subscription rights (the new shares) will equal the sum of the subscription price
for the new shares and the preferred shareholders tax basis in the subscription rights as
described above. The holding period for the new shares acquired through exercise of the
subscription rights will begin on the day following the date on which the subscription rights are
exercised.
S-30
NET ASSET VALUE
Portfolio Valuation
The net asset value of the Funds common shares will be computed based on the market value of
the assets it holds and will generally be determined daily as of the close of regular trading on
the NYSE.
Portfolio securities listed or traded on a nationally recognized securities exchange or traded
in the U.S. over-the-counter market for which market quotations are readily available are valued at
the last quoted sale price or a markets official closing price as of the close of business on the
day the securities are being valued. If there were no sales that day, the security is valued at
the average of the closing bid and asked prices, or, if there were no asked prices quoted on such
day, the security is valued at the most recently available price or, if the Board so determines, by
such other method as the Board shall determine in good faith, to reflect its fair market value.
Portfolio securities traded on more than one national securities exchange or market are valued
according to the broadest and most representative market, as determined by the Adviser.
Portfolio securities primarily traded on foreign markets are generally valued at the preceding
closing values of such securities on their respective exchanges or if after the close, market
conditions change significantly, certain foreign securities may be fair valued pursuant to
procedures established by the Board. Debt instruments with remaining maturities of 60 days or less
that are not credit impaired are valued at amortized cost, unless the Board determines such does
not reflect fair value, in which case these securities will be valued at their fair value as
determined by the Board. Debt instruments having a maturity greater than 60 days for which market
quotations are readily available are valued at the average of the latest bid and asked prices. If
there were no asked prices quoted on such day, the security is valued using the closing bid price.
Futures contracts are valued at the closing settlement price of the exchange or board of trade on
which the applicable contract is traded.
Securities and assets for which market quotations are not readily available are valued at
their fair value as determined in good faith under procedures established by and under the general
supervision of the Board. Fair valuation methodologies and procedures may include, but are not
limited to: analysis and review of available financial and non-financial information about the
company; comparisons to the valuation and changes in valuation of similar securities, including a
comparison of foreign securities to the equivalent U.S. dollar value ADR securities at the close of
the U.S. exchange; and evaluation of any other information that could be indicative of the value of
the security.
The Funds obtain valuations on the basis of prices provided by a pricing service approved by
the Board. All other investment assets, including restricted and not readily marketable
securities, are valued in good faith at fair value under procedures established by and under the
general supervision and responsibility of the Trusts Board.
In addition, whenever developments in one or more securities markets after the close of the
principal markets for one or more portfolio securities and before the time as of which the Funds
determine their net asset value would, if such developments had been reflected in such principal
markets, likely have more than a minimal effect on a Funds net asset value per share, such Fund
may fair value such portfolio securities based on available market information as of the time each
Fund determines its net asset value.
BENEFICIAL OWNERS
As of December 31, 2010,
GAMCO Investors, Inc. was the beneficial owner of 1,352,021 common
shares, representing 6.39% of the Funds outstanding common shares. Mario Gabelli may be deemed to
have ownership of such shares. Mario Gabelli was the beneficial owner of 646,916 preferred shares,
representing 33.69% of the Funds outstanding preferred shares. As of December 31, 2010, Lazard
Asset Management LLC, located at 30 Rockefeller Plaza, NY, NY 10012, was the beneficial owner of
2,598,000 common shares, representing 12.27% of the Funds outstanding common shares.
As of December 31, 2010, the Trustees and Officers of the Fund as a group beneficially owned
approximately 6.51% of the outstanding shares of the Funds common shares.
S-31
GENERAL INFORMATION
Book-Entry-Only Issuance
DTC will act as securities depository for the shares of fixed rate preferred shares and/or
auction market-rate preferred shares offered pursuant to the Prospectus. The information in this
section concerning DTC and DTCs book-entry system is based upon information obtained from DTC.
The securities offered hereby initially will be issued only as fully-registered securities
registered in the name of Cede & Co. (as nominee for DTC). One or more fully-registered global
security certificates initially will be issued, representing in the aggregate the total number of
securities, and deposited with DTC.
DTC is a limited-purpose trust company organized under the New York Banking Law, a banking
organization within the meaning of the New York Banking Law, a member of the Federal Reserve
System, a clearing corporation within the meaning of the New York Uniform Commercial Code and a
clearing agency registered pursuant to the provisions of Section 17A of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended. DTC holds securities that its participants deposit with DTC. DTC also
facilities the settlement among participants of securities transactions, such as transfers and
pledges, in deposited securities through electronic computerized book-entry changes in
participants accounts, thereby eliminating the need for physical movement of securities
certificates. Direct DTC participants include securities brokers and dealers, banks, trust
companies, clearing corporations and certain other organizations. Access to the DTC system is also
available to others such as securities brokers and dealers, banks and trust companies that clear
through or maintain a custodial relationship with a direct participant, either directly or
indirectly through other entities.
Purchases of securities within the DTC system must be made by or through direct participants,
which will receive a credit for the securities on DTCs records. The ownership interest of each
actual purchaser of a security, a beneficial owner, is in turn to be recorded on the direct or
indirect participants records. Beneficial owners will not receive written confirmation from DTC
of their purchases, but beneficial owners are expected to receive written confirmations providing
details of the transactions, and periodic statements of their holdings, from the direct or indirect
participants through which the beneficial owners purchased securities. Transfers of ownership
interests in securities are to be accomplished by entries made on the books of participants acting
on behalf of beneficial owners. Beneficial owners will not receive certificates representing their
ownership interests in securities, except as provided herein.
DTC has no knowledge of the actual beneficial owners of the securities being offered pursuant
to this Prospectus; DTCs records reflect only the identity of the direct participants to whose
accounts such securities are credited, which may or may not be the beneficial owners. The
participants will remain responsible for keeping account of their holdings on behalf of their
customers.
Conveyance of notices and other communications by DTC to direct participants, by direct
participants to indirect participants, and by direct participants and indirect participants to
beneficial owners will be governed by arrangements among them, subject to any statutory or
regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time to time.
Payments on the securities will be made to DTC. DTCs practice is to credit direct
participants accounts on the relevant payment date in accordance with their respective holdings
shown on DTCs records unless DTC has reason to believe that it will not receive payments on such
payment date. Payments by participants to beneficial owners will be governed by standing
instructions and customary practices and will be the responsibility of such participant and not of
DTC or the Fund, subject to any statutory or regulatory requirements as may be in effect from time
to time. Payment of distributions to DTC is the responsibility of the Fund, disbursement of such
payments to direct participants is the responsibility of DTC, and disbursement of such payments to
the beneficial owners is the responsibility of direct and indirect participants. Furthermore each
beneficial owner must rely on the procedures of DTC to exercise any rights under the securities.
DTC may discontinue providing its services as securities depository with respect to the
securities at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Fund. Under such circumstances, in the
event that a successor securities depository is not obtained, certificates representing the
securities will be printed and delivered.
S-32
Proxy Voting Procedures
The Fund has adopted the proxy voting procedures of the Investment Adviser and has directed
the Investment Adviser to vote all proxies relating to the Funds voting securities in accordance
with such procedures. The proxy voting procedures are attached hereto as Appendix A, and any
information regarding how the Registrant voted proxies relating to portfolio securities during the
most recent 12-month period ended June 30 will be available (i) without charge, upon request, by
calling 800-422-3554, or on the Registrants website at http://www.gabelli.com, and (ii) on the
Commissions website at http://www.sec.gov.
Code of Ethics
The Fund and the Investment Adviser have adopted a code of ethics. This code of ethics sets
forth restrictions on the trading activities of trustees/directors, officers and employees of the
Fund, the Investment Adviser and their affiliates. For example, such persons may not purchase any
security for which the Fund has a purchase or sale order pending, or for which such trade is under
consideration. In addition, those trustees/directors, officers and employees that are principally
involved in investment decisions for client accounts are prohibited from purchasing or selling for
their own account for a period of seven days a security that has been traded for a clients
account, unless such trade is executed on more favorable terms for the clients account and it is
determined that such trade will not adversely affect the clients account. Short-term trading by
such trustee/directors, officers and employees for their own accounts in securities held by a Fund
clients account is also restricted. The above examples are subject to certain exceptions and they
do not represent all of the trading restrictions and policies set forth by the code of ethics. The
code of ethics is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and can be reviewed and
copied at the Securities and Exchange Commissions Public Reference Room in Washington, D.C., and
information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the Securities
and Exchange Commission at 202-942-8090. The code of ethics is also available on the EDGAR
Database on the Securities and Exchange Commissions Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and
copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by electronic request
at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the Securities and Exchange
Commissions Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
Code of Conduct for Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers
The Fund and the Investment Adviser have adopted a code of conduct. This code of conduct sets
forth policies to guide the chief executive and senior financial officers in the performance of
their duties. The code of conduct is on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission and can
be reviewed and copied at the Securities and Exchange Commissions Public Reference Room in
Washington, D.C., and information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by
calling the Securities and Exchange Commission at 202-942-8090. The code of ethics is also
available on the EDGAR Database on the Securities and Exchange Commissions Internet site at
http://www.sec.gov, and copies of the code of ethics may be obtained, after paying a duplicating
fee, by electronic request at the following E-mail address: publicinfo@sec.gov, or by writing the
Securities and Exchange Commissions Public Reference Section, Washington, D.C. 20549-0102.
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The audited financial statements included in the Annual Report to the Funds Shareholders for
the year ended December 31, 2009, together with the report of
Ernst & Young LLP, the Funds
independent registered public accounting firm, thereon, are incorporated herein by reference from
the Funds Annual Report to Shareholders. All other portions of the Annual Report to Shareholders
are not incorporated herein by reference and are not part of the Registration Statement. The
unaudited financial statements included in the Semi-Annual Report to the Funds Shareholders for
the six months ended June 30, 2010 are incorporated herein by reference from the funds Semi-Annual
Report to Shareholders. All other portions of the Semi-Annual Report are not incorporated herein by
reference and are not part of the Registration Statement. A copy of the Annual Report to
Shareholders may be obtained without charge by writing to the Fund at its address at One Corporate
Center, Rye, New York 10580-1422 or by calling the Fund toll-free at 800-GABELLI (422-3554).
S-33
APPENDIX A
GAMCO
INVESTORS, INC. AND AFFILIATES
THE
VOTING OF PROXIES ON BEHALF OF CLIENTS
Rules 204(4)-2
and 204-2
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and
Rule 30b1-4
under the Investment Company Act of 1940 require investment
advisers to adopt written policies and procedures governing the
voting of proxies on behalf of their clients.
These procedures will be used by GAMCO Asset Management Inc.,
Gabelli Funds, LLC, Gabelli Securities, Inc., and Teton
Advisors, Inc. (collectively, the Advisers) to
determine how to vote proxies relating to portfolio securities
held by their clients, including the procedures that the
Advisers use when a vote presents a conflict between the
interests of the shareholders of an investment company managed
by one of the Advisers, on the one hand, and those of the
Advisers; the principal underwriter; or any affiliated person of
the investment company, the Advisers, or the principal
underwriter. These procedures will not apply where the Advisers
do not have voting discretion or where the Advisers have agreed
to with a client to vote the clients proxies in accordance
with specific guidelines or procedures supplied by the client
(to the extent permitted by ERISA).
|
|
I.
|
Proxy
Voting Committee
|
The Proxy Voting Committee was originally formed in April 1989
for the purpose of formulating guidelines and reviewing proxy
statements within the parameters set by the substantive proxy
voting guidelines originally published in 1988 and updated
periodically, a copy of which are appended as Exhibit A.
The Committee will include representatives of Research,
Administration, Legal, and the Advisers. Additional or
replacement members of the Committee will be nominated by the
Chairman and voted upon by the entire Committee.
Meetings are held as needed basis to form views on the manner in
which the Advisers should vote proxies on behalf of their
clients.
In general, the Director of Proxy Voting Services, using the
Proxy Guidelines, recommendations of Institutional Shareholder
Corporate Governance Service (ISS), other
third-party services and the analysts of Gabelli &
Company, Inc., will determine how to vote on each issue. For
non-controversial matters, the Director of Proxy Voting Services
may vote the proxy if the vote is: (1) consistent with the
recommendations of the issuers Board of Directors and not
contrary to the Proxy Guidelines; (2) consistent with the
recommendations of the issuers Board of Directors and is a
non-controversial issue not covered by the Proxy Guidelines; or
(3) the vote is contrary to the recommendations of the
Board of Directors but is consistent with the Proxy Guidelines.
In those instances, the Director of Proxy Voting Services or the
Chairman of the Committee may sign and date the proxy statement
indicating how each issue will be voted.
All matters identified by the Chairman of the Committee, the
Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department as
controversial, taking into account the recommendations of ISS or
other third party services and the analysts of
Gabelli & Company, Inc., will be presented to the
Proxy Voting Committee. If the Chairman of the Committee, the
Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department has
identified the matter as one that (1) is controversial;
(2) would benefit from deliberation by the Proxy Voting
Committee; or (3) may give rise to a conflict of interest
between the Advisers and their clients, the Chairman of the
Committee will initially determine what vote to recommend that
the Advisers should cast and the matter will go before the
Committee.
A. Conflicts
of Interest.
The Advisers have implemented these proxy voting procedures in
order to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing their
proxy voting decisions. By following the Proxy Guidelines, as
well as the recommendations of ISS, other third-party services
and the analysts of Gabelli & Company, the Advisers
are able to avoid, wherever possible, the influence of potential
conflicts of interest. Nevertheless, circumstances may arise in
A-1
which one or more of the Advisers are faced with a conflict of
interest or the appearance of a conflict of interest in
connection with its vote. In general, a conflict of interest may
arise when an Adviser knowingly does business with an issuer,
and may appear to have a material conflict between its own
interests and the interests of the shareholders of an investment
company managed by one of the Advisers regarding how the proxy
is to be voted. A conflict also may exist when an Adviser has
actual knowledge of a material business arrangement between an
issuer and an affiliate of the Adviser.
In practical terms, a conflict of interest may arise, for
example, when a proxy is voted for a company that is a client of
one of the Advisers, such as GAMCO Asset Management Inc. A
conflict also may arise when a client of one of the Advisers has
made a shareholder proposal in a proxy to be voted upon by one
or more of the Advisers. The Director of Proxy Voting Services,
together with the Legal Department, will scrutinize all proxies
for these or other situations that may give rise to a conflict
of interest with respect to the voting of proxies.
B. Operation
of Proxy Voting Committee
For matters submitted to the Committee, each member of the
Committee will receive, prior to the meeting, a copy of the
proxy statement, any relevant third party research, a summary of
any views provided by the Chief Investment Officer and any
recommendations by Gabelli & Company, Inc. analysts.
The Chief Investment Officer or the Gabelli & Company,
Inc. analysts may be invited to present their viewpoints. If the
Director of Proxy Voting Services or the Legal Department
believe that the matter before the committee is one with respect
to which a conflict of interest may exist between the Advisers
and their clients, counsel will provide an opinion to the
Committee concerning the conflict. If the matter is one in which
the interests of the clients of one or more of Advisers may
diverge, counsel will so advise and the Committee may make
different recommendations as to different clients. For any
matters where the recommendation may trigger appraisal rights,
counsel will provide an opinion concerning the likely risks and
merits of such an appraisal action.
Each matter submitted to the Committee will be determined by the
vote of a majority of the members present at the meeting. Should
the vote concerning one or more recommendations be tied in a
vote of the Committee, the Chairman of the Committee will cast
the deciding vote. The Committee will notify the proxy
department of its decisions and the proxies will be voted
accordingly.
Although the Proxy Guidelines express the normal preferences for
the voting of any shares not covered by a contrary investment
guideline provided by the client, the Committee is not bound by
the preferences set forth in the Proxy Guidelines and will
review each matter on its own merits. Written minutes of all
Proxy Voting Committee meetings will be maintained. The Advisers
subscribe to ISS, which supplies current information on
companies, matters being voted on, regulations, trends in proxy
voting and information on corporate governance issues.
If the vote cast either by the analyst or as a result of the
deliberations of the Proxy Voting Committee runs contrary to the
recommendation of the Board of Directors of the issuer, the
matter will be referred to legal counsel to determine whether an
amendment to the most recently filed Schedule 13D is
appropriate.
|
|
II.
|
Social
Issues and Other Client Guidelines
|
If a client has provided special instructions relating to the
voting of proxies, they should be noted in the clients
account file and forwarded to the proxy department. This is the
responsibility of the investment professional or sales assistant
for the client. In accordance with Department of Labor
guidelines, the Advisers policy is to vote on behalf of
ERISA accounts in the best interest of the plan participants
with regard to social issues that carry an economic impact.
Where an account is not governed by ERISA, the Advisers will
vote shares held on behalf of the client in a manner consistent
with any individual investment/voting guidelines provided by the
client. Otherwise the Advisers will abstain with respect to
those shares.
A-2
III.
Client Retention of Voting Rights
If a client chooses to retain the right to vote proxies or if
there is any change in voting authority, the following should be
notified by the investment professional or sales assistant for
the client.
|
|
|
Operations
|
|
|
Proxy Department
|
|
|
Investment professional assigned to the account
|
In the event that the Board of Directors (or a Committee
thereof) of one or more of the investment companies managed by
one of the Advisers has retained direct voting control over any
security, the Proxy Voting Department will provide each Board
Member (or Committee member) with a copy of the proxy statement
together with any other relevant information including
recommendations of ISS or other third-party services.
|
|
IV.
|
Proxies
of Certain
Non-U.S.
Issuers
|
Proxy voting in certain countries requires
share-blocking. Shareholders wishing to vote their
proxies must deposit their shares shortly before the date of the
meeting with a designated depository. During the period in which
the shares are held with a depository, shares that will be voted
at the meeting cannot be sold until the meeting had taken place
and the shares are returned to the clients custodian.
Absent a compelling reason to the contrary, the Advisers believe
that the benefit to the client of exercising the vote is
outweighed by the cost of voting and therefore, the Advisers
will not typically vote the securities of
non-U.S. issuers
that require share-blocking.
In addition, voting proxies of issuers in non-US markets may
also give rise to a number of administrative issues to prevent
the Advisers from voting such proxies. For example, the Advisers
may receive the notices for shareholder meetings without
adequate time to consider the proposals in the proxy or after
the cut-off date for voting. Other markets require the Advisers
to provide local agents with power of attorney prior to
implementing their respective voting instructions on the proxy.
Although it is the Advisers policies to vote the proxies
for its clients for which they have proxy voting authority, in
the case of issuers in non-US markets, we vote client proxies on
a best efforts basis.
The Proxy Voting Department will retain a record of matters
voted upon by the Advisers for their clients. The Advisers will
supply information on how they voted a clients proxy upon
request from the client.
The complete voting records for each registered investment
company (the Fund) that is managed by the Advisers
will be filed on
Form N-PX
for the twelve months ended June 30th, no later than
August 31st of each year. A description of the
Funds proxy voting policies, procedures, and how the Fund
voted proxies relating to portfolio securities is available
without charge, upon request, by (i) calling 800-GABELLI
(800-422-3554);
(ii) writing to Gabelli Funds, LLC at One Corporate Center,
Rye, NY
10580-1422;
or (iii) visiting the SECs website at
www.sec.gov. Question should we post the proxy voting
records for the funds on the website.
The Advisers proxy voting records will be retained in
compliance with
Rule 204-2
under the Investment Advisers Act.
1. Custodian banks, outside brokerage firms and clearing
firms are responsible for forwarding proxies directly to the
Advisers.
Proxies are received in one of two forms:
|
|
|
Shareholder Vote Instruction Forms
(VIFs) Issued by Broadridge Financial
Solutions, Inc. (Broadridge). Broadridge is an
outside service contracted by the various institutions to issue
proxy materials.
|
A-3
|
|
|
Proxy cards which may be voted directly.
|
2. Upon receipt of the proxy, the number of shares each
form represents is logged into the proxy system, electronically
or manually, according to security.
3. Upon receipt of instructions from the proxy committee
(see Administrative), the votes are cast and recorded for each
account on an individual basis.
Records have been maintained on the Proxy Edge system.
Proxy Edge records include:
Security Name and Cusip Number
Date and Type of Meeting (Annual, Special, Contest)
Client Name
Adviser or Fund Account Number
Directors Recommendation
How the Adviser voted for the client on item
4. VIFs are kept alphabetically by security. Records for
the current proxy season are located in the Proxy Voting
Department office. In preparation for the upcoming season, files
are transferred to an offsite storage facility during
January/February.
5. If a proxy card or VIF is received too late to be voted
in the conventional matter, every attempt is made to vote
including:
|
|
|
When a solicitor has been retained, the solicitor is called. At
the solicitors direction, the proxy is faxed.
|
|
|
In some circumstances VIFs can be faxed to Broadridge up until
the time of the meeting.
|
6. In the case of a proxy contest, records are maintained
for each opposing entity.
7. Voting in Person
a) At times it may be necessary to vote the shares in
person. In this case, a legal proxy is obtained in
the following manner:
|
|
|
Banks and brokerage firms using the services at Broadridge:
|
Broadridge is notified that we wish to vote in person.
Broadridge issues individual legal proxies and sends them back
via email or overnight (or the Adviser can pay messenger
charges). A lead-time of at least two weeks prior to the meeting
is needed to do this. Alternatively, the procedures detailed
below for banks not using Broadridge may be implemented.
|
|
|
Banks and brokerage firms issuing proxies directly:
|
The bank is called
and/or faxed
and a legal proxy is requested.
All legal proxies should appoint:
Representative of [Adviser name] with full power of
substitution.
b) The legal proxies are given to the person attending the
meeting along with the limited power of attorney.
A-4
Appendix A
Proxy Guidelines
PROXY
VOTING GUIDELINES
GENERAL
POLICY STATEMENT
It is the policy of GAMCO Investors, Inc, and its affiliated
advisers (collectively the Advisers) to vote in the
best economic interests of our clients. As we state in our Magna
Carta of Shareholders Rights, established in May 1988, we are
neither for nor against management. We are for
shareholders.
At our first proxy committee meeting in 1989, it was decided
that each proxy statement should be evaluated on its own merits
within the framework first established by our Magna Carta of
Shareholders Rights. The attached guidelines serve to enhance
that broad framework.
We do not consider any issue routine. We take into consideration
all of our research on the company, its directors, and their
short and long-term goals for the company. In cases where issues
that we generally do not approve of are combined with other
issues, the negative aspects of the issues will be factored into
the evaluation of the overall proposals but will not necessitate
a vote in opposition to the overall proposals.
Board of
Directors
We do not consider the election of the Board of Directors a
routine issue. Each slate of directors is evaluated on a
case-by-case
basis.
Factors taken into consideration include:
|
|
|
Historical responsiveness to shareholders
|
This may include such areas as:
|
|
|
|
|
Paying greenmail
|
|
|
|
Failure to adopt shareholder resolutions receiving a majority of
shareholder votes
|
|
|
|
Qualifications
|
|
|
Nominating committee in place
|
|
|
Number of outside directors on the board
|
|
|
Attendance at meetings
|
|
|
Overall performance
|
Selection
of Auditors
In general, we support the Board of Directors
recommendation for auditors.
Blank
Check Preferred Stock
We oppose the issuance of blank check preferred stock.
Blank check preferred stock allows the company to issue stock
and establish dividends, voting rights, etc. without further
shareholder approval.
Classified
Board
A classified board is one where the directors are divided into
classes with overlapping terms. A different class is elected at
each annual meeting.
A-5
While a classified board promotes continuity of directors
facilitating long range planning, we feel directors should be
accountable to shareholders on an annual basis. We will look at
this proposal on a
case-by-case
basis taking into consideration the boards historical
responsiveness to the rights of shareholders.
Where a classified board is in place we will generally not
support attempts to change to an annually elected board.
When an annually elected board is in place, we generally will
not support attempts to classify the board.
Increase
Authorized Common Stock
The request to increase the amount of outstanding shares is
considered on a
case-by-case
basis.
Factors taken into consideration include:
|
|
|
Future use of additional shares
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock split
|
|
|
|
Stock option or other executive compensation plan
|
|
|
|
Finance growth of company/strengthen balance sheet
|
|
|
|
Aid in restructuring
|
|
|
|
Improve credit rating
|
|
|
|
Implement a poison pill or other takeover defense
|
|
|
|
Amount of stock currently authorized but not yet issued or
reserved for stock option plans
|
|
|
Amount of additional stock to be authorized and its dilutive
effect
|
We will support this proposal if a detailed and verifiable plan
for the use of the additional shares is contained in the proxy
statement.
Confidential
Ballot
We support the idea that a shareholders identity and vote
should be treated with confidentiality.
However, we look at this issue on a
case-by-case
basis.
In order to promote confidentiality in the voting process, we
endorse the use of independent Inspectors of Election.
Cumulative
Voting
In general, we support cumulative voting.
Cumulative voting is a process by which a shareholder may
multiply the number of directors being elected by the number of
shares held on record date and cast the total number for one
candidate or allocate the voting among two or more candidates.
Where cumulative voting is in place, we will vote against any
proposal to rescind this shareholder right.
Cumulative voting may result in a minority block of stock
gaining representation on the board. When a proposal is made to
institute cumulative voting, the proposal will be reviewed on a
case-by-case
basis. While we feel that each board member should represent all
shareholders, cumulative voting provides minority shareholders
an opportunity to have their views represented.
Director
Liability and Indemnification
We support efforts to attract the best possible directors by
limiting the liability and increasing the indemnification of
directors, except in the case of insider dealing.
A-6
Equal
Access to the Proxy
The SECs rules provide for shareholder resolutions.
However, the resolutions are limited in scope and there is a 500
word limit on proponents written arguments. Management has
no such limitations. While we support equal access to the proxy,
we would look at such variables as length of time required to
respond, percentage of ownership, etc.
Fair
Price Provisions
Charter provisions requiring a bidder to pay all shareholders a
fair price are intended to prevent two-tier tender offers that
may be abusive. Typically, these provisions do not apply to
board-approved transactions.
We support fair price provisions because we feel all
shareholders should be entitled to receive the same benefits.
Reviewed on a
case-by-case
basis.
Golden
Parachutes
Golden parachutes are severance payments to top executives who
are terminated or demoted after a takeover.
We support any proposal that would assure management of its own
welfare so that they may continue to make decisions in the best
interest of the company and shareholders even if the decision
results in them losing their job. We do not, however, support
excessive golden parachutes. Therefore, each proposal will be
decided on a case-by- case basis.
Note: Congress has imposed a tax on any parachute
that is more than three times the executives average
annual compensation
Anti-Greenmail
Proposals
We do not support greenmail. An offer extended to one
shareholder should be extended to all shareholders equally
across the board.
Limit
Shareholders Rights to Call Special Meetings
We support the right of shareholders to call a special meeting.
Consideration
of Nonfinancial Effects of a Merger
This proposal releases the directors from only looking at the
financial effects of a merger and allows them the opportunity to
consider the mergers effects on employees, the community,
and consumers.
As a fiduciary, we are obligated to vote in the best economic
interests of our clients. In general, this proposal does not
allow us to do that. Therefore, we generally cannot support this
proposal.
Reviewed on a
case-by-case
basis.
Mergers,
Buyouts, Spin-Offs, Restructurings
Each of the above is considered on a
case-by-case
basis. According to the Department of Labor, we are not required
to vote for a proposal simply because the offering price is at a
premium to the current market price. We may take into
consideration the long term interests of the shareholders.
Military
Issues
Shareholder proposals regarding military production must be
evaluated on a purely economic set of criteria for our ERISA
clients. As such, decisions will be made on a
case-by-case
basis.
A-7
In voting on this proposal for our non-ERISA clients, we will
vote according to the clients direction when applicable.
Where no direction has been given, we will vote in the best
economic interests of our clients. It is not our duty to impose
our social judgment on others.
Northern
Ireland
Shareholder proposals requesting the signing of the MacBride
principles for the purpose of countering the discrimination of
Catholics in hiring practices must be evaluated on a purely
economic set of criteria for our ERISA clients. As such,
decisions will be made on a
case-by-case
basis.
In voting on this proposal for our non-ERISA clients, we will
vote according to client direction when applicable. Where no
direction has been given, we will vote in the best economic
interests of our clients. It is not our duty to impose our
social judgment on others.
Opt Out
of State Anti-Takeover Law
This shareholder proposal requests that a company opt out of the
coverage of the states takeover statutes. Example:
Delaware law requires that a buyer must acquire at least 85% of
the companys stock before the buyer can exercise control
unless the board approves.
We consider this on a
case-by-case
basis. Our decision will be based on the following:
|
|
|
State of Incorporation
|
|
|
Management history of responsiveness to shareholders
|
|
|
Other mitigating factors
|
Poison
Pill
In general, we do not endorse poison pills.
In certain cases where management has a history of being
responsive to the needs of shareholders and the stock is very
liquid, we will reconsider this position.
Reincorporation
Generally, we support reincorporation for well-defined business
reasons. We oppose reincorporation if proposed solely for the
purpose of reincorporating in a state with more stringent
anti-takeover statutes that may negatively impact the value of
the stock.
Stock
Incentive Plans
Director and Employee Stock incentive plans are an excellent way
to attract, hold and motivate directors and employees. However,
each incentive plan must be evaluated on its own merits, taking
into consideration the following:
|
|
|
Dilution of voting power or earnings per share by more than 10%.
|
|
|
Kind of stock to be awarded, to whom, when and how much.
|
|
|
Method of payment.
|
|
|
Amount of stock already authorized but not yet issued under
existing stock plans.
|
|
|
The successful steps taken by management to maximize shareholder
value.
|
Supermajority
Vote Requirements
Supermajority vote requirements in a companys charter or
bylaws require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple
majority of the outstanding shares. In general, we oppose
supermajority-voting requirements.
A-8
Supermajority requirements often exceed the average level of
shareholder participation. We support proposals approvals
by a simple majority of the shares voting.
Limit
Shareholders Right to Act by Written Consent
Written consent allows shareholders to initiate and carry on a
shareholder action without having to wait until the next annual
meeting or to call a special meeting. It permits action to be
taken by the written consent of the same percentage of the
shares that would be required to effect proposed action at a
shareholder meeting.
Reviewed on a
case-by-case
basis.
Say on
Pay and Say When on Pay
We will generally abstain from advisory votes on executive
compensation (Say on Pay) and will also abstain from votes on
the frequency of voting on executive compensation (Say When on
Pay). In those instances when we believe that it is in our
clients best interest, we may cast a vote for or against
executive compensation
and/or the
frequency of votes on executive compensation.
A-9